summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-08-04 03:00:43 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-08-04 03:00:43 +0000
commitda02fd6ad1c5fb45c5ec641bf236d8de4745709f (patch)
tree9dcca034494c127f45a96f07db11ee3287e27836 /macros/latex
parent363ea487975bcc527ccdb2c9b5dda1b27cf839b2 (diff)
CTAN sync 202108040300
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx77
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdfbin580944 -> 583267 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex51
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/CHANGES217
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COMPLIANCE823
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COPYING339
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/ChangeLog362
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/INSTALL44
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/MANIFEST34
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NEWS90
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NOTES33
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/README744
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/TODO5
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.bib138
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.pdfbin103611 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.tex181
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-gloss.sty101
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.ist7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.sty139
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.bst264
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.sty156
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-patch.sty12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.bst1137
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.cls3150
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/README.md6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.dtx19
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.pdfbin191739 -> 191784 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/beamerthemeuantwerpenuserguide.pdfbin3218647 -> 3218647 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenbamathesis-example.pdfbin89611 -> 89611 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpencoursetext-example.pdfbin94452 -> 78155 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.dtx217
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.pdfbin348939 -> 355770 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example1.pdfbin112604 -> 112663 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example2.pdfbin114124 -> 114134 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenletter-example.pdfbin49368 -> 49363 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenmasterthesis.cls46
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example1.pdfbin221098 -> 220982 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example2.pdfbin303784 -> 314407 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenreport-example.pdfbin207486 -> 207518 bytes
39 files changed, 305 insertions, 8087 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
index ab3c09ae3c..c899f15504 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
%<*class>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
-\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/08/02}{1.28c}
+\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/08/03}{1.28d}
{Typeset Chinese theses or books}
\bool_set_false:N \l__eb_compile_draft_bool
@@ -292,11 +292,12 @@
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e,etoolbox}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/08/02}{1.28c}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/08/03}{1.28d}
{Typeset Chinese theses or books}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_add:Nn { NV,Nv }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_set:Nn { NV }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_sign:n { V }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n { v }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_set_from_keyval:Nn { NV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_set:Nn { NV }
@@ -924,17 +925,19 @@
}
{
\noindent
- \dim_compare:nNnTF { \footnoteindent } > { 0pt }
+ \int_case:nn { \dim_sign:V \footnoteindent }
+ {
+ { 1 } { \use_i:nnn }
+ { 0 } { \use_ii:nnn }
+ { -1 } { \use_iii:nnn }
+ }
{ \hbox_to_wd:nn { \footnoteindent } { \hss\eb@makefnmark } }
+ { \hbox_overlap_left:n { \eb@makefnmark } }
{
- \dim_compare:nNnTF { \footnoteindent } = { 0pt }
- { \hbox_overlap_left:n { \eb@makefnmark } }
+ \hbox_overlap_left:n
{
- \hbox_overlap_left:n
- {
- \hbox_to_wd:nn { -\footnoteindent }
- { \eb@makefnmark\hss }
- }
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn { -\footnoteindent }
+ { \eb@makefnmark\hss }
}
}
}
@@ -1228,10 +1231,19 @@
chapter/indent = 0em,
chapter/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$}[\bfseries],
- section/format = \addvspace{0.35pc},
+ section/format =
+ {
+ \addvspace{0.35pc}
+ \bool_if:NF \l__eb_class_book_bool { \sffamily }
+ },
section/indent =
{ \bool_if:NTF \l__eb_class_book_bool { 1.5em } { 0em } },
- section/rule = \tocrule{$\cdot$},
+ section/rule =
+ {
+ \bool_if:NTF \l__eb_class_book_bool
+ { \tocrule{$\cdot$} }
+ { \tocrule{$\cdot$}[\bfseries] }
+ },
subsection/format = \addvspace{0.35pc},
subsection/indent =
@@ -2200,31 +2212,22 @@
{ \ctex_define:nx { refset } { \eb_link_color_set:n {#1} } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareThemeColor #1
{ \ctex_define:nx { style } { \eb_theme_color_set:n {#1} } }
-\cs_new:Npn \eb_link_color_set:n #1
+\clist_map_inline:nn
{
- linkcolor/\clist_item:nn {#1} { 1 } .code:n =
- {
- \eb_define_link_color:nnn
- { \clist_item:nn {#1} { 2 } }
- { \clist_item:nn {#1} { 3 } }
- { \clist_item:nn {#1} { 4 } }
- \eb_put_hyperref:n
- {
- linkcolor = ctex@link,linkbordercolor = ctex@link,
- urlcolor = ctex@url,urlbordercolor = ctex@url,
- citecolor = ctex@cite,citebordercolor = ctex@cite
- }
- },
+ { linkcolor,link },
+ { color,theme }
}
-\cs_new:Npn \eb_theme_color_set:n #1
{
- color/\clist_item:nn {#1} {1} .code:n =
+ \cs_new:cpn { eb_\clist_item:nn {#1} { 2 }_color_set:n } ##1
{
- \eb_define_theme_color:nnn
- { \clist_item:nn {#1} { 2 } }
- { \clist_item:nn {#1} { 3 } }
- { \clist_item:nn {#1} { 4 } }
- },
+ \clist_item:nn {#1} { 1 }/\clist_item:nn {##1} { 1 } .code:n =
+ {
+ \use:c { eb_define_\clist_item:nn {#1} { 2 }_color:nnn }
+ { \clist_item:nn {##1} { 2 } }
+ { \clist_item:nn {##1} { 3 } }
+ { \clist_item:nn {##1} { 4 } }
+ },
+ }
}
\bool_set_false:N \l__eb_toc_number_color_bool
@@ -2321,6 +2324,12 @@
\LoadPackage{hyperref}
\urlstyle{same}
\eb_allow_url_break:
+ \eb_put_hyperref:n
+ {
+ linkcolor = ctex@link,linkbordercolor = ctex@link,
+ urlcolor = ctex@url,urlbordercolor = ctex@url,
+ citecolor = ctex@cite,citebordercolor = ctex@cite
+ }
\exp_args:NV \hypersetup \l__eb_hyperref_clist
}
@@ -2363,7 +2372,7 @@
}
%</package>
%<*tcolorbox>
-\ProvidesExplFile{eb-tcolorbox.cfg}{2021/08/02}{1.28c}
+\ProvidesExplFile{eb-tcolorbox.cfg}{2021/08/03}{1.28d}
{Customization of tcolorbox for easybook}
\tl_gset:Nn \eb@tc@line@skip { 0.5\baselineskip }
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
index 932e678f7b..2034dc889f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
index cf55a6de1d..4ff8fe9be0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
{
name = easybook,
title = EASYBOOK 使用手册,
- version = v1.28c,
- date = 2021/08/02,
+ version = v1.28d,
+ date = 2021/08/03,
authors = 瞿毅,
info = 排版简体中文学位论文和书籍,
email = quee123@foxmail.com,
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
您在使用 \cls*{easybook} 文档类编写文档前可能需要满足以下的条件:
\begin{itemize}
\item 使用 \hologo{XeLaTeX}(推荐)或 \hologo{LuaLaTeX} 两种编译方式。
- \item 由于用到了一些 \LaTeX 和宏包较新的功能,建议安装最新的 \TeX 发行版,例如 \TeX~Live 2021 或 \hologo{MiKTeX} 21.2 之后的版本。
+ \item 由于用到了一些 \LaTeX 和宏包较新的功能,建议安装最新的 \TeX 发行版,例如 \TeX Live 2021 或 \hologo{MiKTeX} 21.2 之后的版本。
\item 虽然手册对基本用法做了介绍,但这并不是入门教程,所涉及到宏包的用法与命令也需要有了解。您应当具有一定的 \LaTeX 使用基础,可以在 \TeX 综合网站 \href{https://www.ctan.org/}{CTAN} 查看相关资源。
\end{itemize}
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
\subsection{英文字体}
\begin{options}
\keychoice{font}{noto,garamond,times,libertine,palatino,auto}\Default{auto}
- 预置的英文字体相关配置方案如下表所示,这些字体已经包含在了 \TeX~Live 发行版中,所以通常不需要再专门安装。如果您想使用其他英文字体,可以使用 \pkg*{fontspec} 宏包的相关命令进行设置。
+ 预置的英文字体相关配置方案如下表所示,这些字体已经包含在了 \TeX Live 发行版中,所以通常不需要再专门安装。如果您想使用其他英文字体,可以使用 \pkg*{fontspec} 宏包的相关命令进行设置。
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{cccc}
\toprule
@@ -632,9 +632,9 @@
sec-mark = \CTEXifname{\CTEXthesection——}{}#1
}
\end{ctexexam}
- \kvsplit-{sec-label}{\oarg{编号}\marg{距离命令}}\Default{\cs*{hspace}\Marg{1em}}
+ \kvsplit-{sec-label}{\oarg{编号}\marg{距离命令}}\Default{\cs*{hspace}\Marg{0.5em}}
标题标记命令 \cs*{sectionmark} 内容的标签,用法与 \option{chap-label} 类似。
- \kvsplit-{subsec-label}{\oarg{编号}\marg{距离命令}}\Default{\cs*{hspace}\Marg{1em}}
+ \kvsplit-{subsec-label}{\oarg{编号}\marg{距离命令}}\Default{\cs*{hspace}\Marg{0.5em}}
标题标记命令内容 \cs*{subsectionmark} 的标签,用法与 \option{chap-label} 类似。
\keyval-{headrule}{横线命令}
绘制页眉横线的选项,可以使用 \cs*{hrule}、\cs*{rule} 或下述 \cs{markrule} 等画线命令来绘制横线。手动绘制横线时线条粗细选项 \code{style/rulewidth} 会失效。
@@ -726,8 +726,8 @@
\end{options}
\begin{commands}
- \command{tocrule}[\sarg\oarg{引导点间距}\darg{引导点大小}\marg{引导点}\oarg{页码格式}]
- 目录命令 \cs{tocrule} 生成目录引导线,需要在 \meta{目录引导线样式} 中使用。带有星号的命令会使当前级别的目录引导线右边与页码相连而不是对齐。\meta{引导点间距} 需带有长度单位,\meta{引导点大小} 不带单位,为 \meta{引导点} 的放大因子,\meta{引导点} 一般为英文句号或 \cs*{cdot} 中心点符号。\meta{页码格式} 的代码位于页码前面,可以设置页码字体和距离等,最后一个命令可以带有一个参数,这个参数为页码编号。
+ \command{tocrule}[\sarg\oarg{引导点间距}\darg{放大因子}\marg{引导点}\oarg{页码格式}]
+ 目录命令 \cs{tocrule} 生成目录引导线,需要在 \meta{目录引导线样式} 中使用。带有星号的命令会使当前级别的目录引导线右边与页码相连而不是对齐。\meta{引导点间距} 需带有长度单位,\meta{放大因子} 不带单位,为 \meta{引导点} 的放大倍数,\meta{引导点} 一般为英文句号或 \cs*{cdot} 中心点符号。\meta{页码格式} 的代码位于页码前面,可以设置页码字体和距离等,最后一个命令可以带有一个参数,这个参数为页码编号。
\command*{CTEXnumberline}[\marg{编号级别}]
目录命令 \cs*{CTEXnumberline} 用于在 C\TeX 文档类的 \option*{tocline} 选项中设置目录标签的编号,它已经被重新定义,使得目录编号后间距选项 \option{numsep} 仍然有效。\meta{编号级别} 为 \code{chapter} 和 \code{section} 等,也可用参数 \code{\#1} 代替当前级别类型,标题名用参数 \code{\#2} 代替一般不变。
\begin{ctexexam}
@@ -744,11 +744,11 @@
\end{commands}
\begin{options}
- \keyval-{belowoffset}{长度}\Module{tocset}\Default{-1pc}
+ \keyval-{belowoffset}{刚性长度}\Module{tocset}\Default{-1pc}
主文档目录标题下方的间距补偿,一般为负值,用于抵消 \option{format} 中额外的垂直间距。
- \keyval-{belowoffset}{长度}\Module{/(level)}\Default{0pc}
+ \keyval-{belowoffset}{刚性长度}\Module{/(level)}\Default{0pc}
\code{level} 代表 \code{figure}、\code{table} 和 \code{lstlisting} 三个级别目录标题下方间距补偿,也可以使用 \code{list} 统一设置,一般为正值。这个距离也可以用 C\TeX 标题下方距离选项修改。
- \keyval-{lolskip}{长度}\Module{tocset}\Default{0.8pc}
+ \keyval-{lolskip}{弹性长度}\Module{tocset}\Default{0.8pc}
代码目录中章之间的代码标题的距离,与 C\TeX 的表格目录和图片目录中章之间的标题距离选项 \option*{lotskip} 和 \option*{lofskip} 类似,它们的值均默认为 \code{0.8pc},在 \cls*{article} 模式中此选项失效。
\keyval-{tocline-fig}{图片目录标签}
图片目录标签,选项参数中 \code{\#1} 代表编号,还可包含标签名称,默认标签名称与图片题注名称一致。
@@ -1029,6 +1029,11 @@
\end{commands}
\subsection{图表题注}
+\begin{commands}
+ \command*{captionsetup}[\oarg{题注类型}\marg{键值列表}]
+ 这是 \pkg*{caption} 宏包的接口命令,\meta{键值列表} 提供多个选项更改图表题注的格式。题注主要由三部分组成:标题标签即图表名与题注编号的组合,标题文本本身通常是内容的简短描述,以及将文本与标签分开的题注分隔符。可以在导言区设置整体格式,也可以在正文使用局部更改格式。
+\end{commands}
+
\begin{commands}\noitemsep
\command{caption}[\sarg\oarg{目录标题}\marg{标题}]\default{}
\command{captionof}[\sarg\marg{题注类型}\oarg{目录标题}\marg{标题}]\default{}
@@ -1068,7 +1073,7 @@
\keychoice{delim-align}{l,c,r}\Default{c}
引导符的对齐方式,分为左(\code{l})、中(\code{c})和右(\code{r})三种对齐方式。
\keyval-{enumitem}{键值列表2}
- 可以使用选项 \option{enumitem} 或命令 \cs{seteqcomplist} 调整对照列表的水平垂直间距。
+ 可以使用选项 \option{enumitem} 或命令 \cs{seteqcomplist} 调整对照列表的水平和垂直间距。
\keyval-{intro}{首行文字}\Default
符号对照的说明文字,应当为简短的几个字,只显示在第一行,其后为悬挂缩进的对照列表。
\keyval-{font}{符号字体}\Default
@@ -1090,12 +1095,14 @@
\subsubsection{索引}
\begin{commands}
- \command{printindex}[\sarg\parg\oarg{键值列表}\darg{索引名}]
- \pkg*{imakeidx} 宏包提供了索引的功能,重新定义了它的 \cs{printindex} 命令用于生成索引目录,\meta{键值列表} 及选项与节 \ref{sec:document command} 相同,但是原本接口命令 \cs*{indexsetup} 的部分选项失效。
+ \command*{indexsetup}[\marg{键值列表}]
+ \pkg*{imakeidx} 宏包增强了索引的功能,这是它的的接口命令,用于设置索引表的整体格式。
\command*{index}[\oarg{索引名}\marg{标签}]
- 索引标签命令 \cs*{index} 的 \meta{索引名} 与索引输出命令 \cs{printindex} 一致,可以存在多个索引目录。
- \command{makeindex}[\oarg{键值列表}]
- 使用 \cs{makeindex} 命令开启索引收集,输出不同的索引目录时使用 \meta{索引名} 选项。
+ 索引标签命令 \cs*{index} 的 \meta{索引名} 与索引打印命令 \cs{printindex} 一致,可以存在多个索引表。
+ \command*{makeindex}[\oarg{键值列表}]
+ 使用 \cs*{makeindex} 命令开启索引收集。这个命令可以重复使用打印多个索引表,以不同的 \meta{索引名} 作为区分,如果仅打印一个索引表就没必要再使用。
+ \command{printindex}[\sarg\parg\oarg{键值列表}\darg{索引名}]
+ 现在索引表生成命令 \cs{printindex} 被重新定义,\meta{键值列表} 中的选项与节 \ref{sec:document command} 其它目录命令相同,但是原本接口命令 \cs*{indexsetup} 的部分选项失效。
\end{commands}
\subsubsection{自定义脚注}
@@ -1118,14 +1125,13 @@
\subsection{插入文档}
\begin{commands}
\command*{includepdf}[\oarg{键值列表}\marg{文档名}]
- 该命令由 \pkg*{pdfpages} 提供,将其他 \code{pdf} 文档插入当前文档,比如插入封面。可以指定插入页数、
- 逻辑页和横向等,详情查看宏包文档。
+ 该命令由文档宏包 \pkg*{pdfpages} 提供,可以将其它 \code{pdf} 文档插入当前文档,比如插入其它软件制作的封面。\meta{键值列表} 可以指定插入页数、逻辑页和横向页面等,详情查看宏包文档。
\end{commands}
\subsection{指定行距的段落}
\begin{environments}
\environment*{spacing}[\marg{浮点数}]
- 该环境由 \pkg*{setspace} 提供,可以指定环境内段落的行距,使用 \meta{浮点数} 控制行距倍数。
+ 该环境由行距宏包 \pkg*{setspace} 提供,可以指定环境内段落的行距,使用 \meta{浮点数} 控制行距倍数。
\end{environments}
\subsection{下划线}
@@ -1133,14 +1139,13 @@
\command*{uline}[\marg{下划直线}]\default{}
\command*{uuline}[\marg{下划双直线}]\default{}
\command*{uwave}[\marg{下划波浪线}]
- \pkg*{ulem} 宏包提供了多种下划线命令,可以通过命令重新定义 \cs*{ULthickness} 命令控制下划线的粗细由。下划线的深度由 \cs*{ULdepth} 控制,默认值 \cs*{maxdimen} 是一个允
- 许深度根据当前字体变化的特殊标志,当然也可以使用 \cs*{setlength} 设定为指定深度。
+ \pkg*{ulem} 宏包提供了多种下划线命令,可以通过命令重新定义 \cs*{ULthickness} 命令控制下划线的粗细。下划线的深度由 \cs*{ULdepth} 控制,默认值 \cs*{maxdimen} 是一个允许深度根据当前字体变化的特殊标志,当然也可以使用 \cs*{setlength} 设定为指定深度。
\end{commands}
\appendix
\section{依赖的宏包}
-以下为 \pkg*{easybase} 直接调用的关键宏包,方括号内为宏包已使用的选项。蓝色的宏包表示截至当前在 \TeX~Live 2021 中存在更新,旧版本并不影响使用。带有 \ding{81} 符号的宏包并未载入它们,仅做了一些预配置,可在导言区手动载入以实现相关的功能。
+以下为 \pkg*{easybase} 直接调用的关键宏包,方括号内为宏包已使用的选项。蓝色的宏包表示截至当前在 \TeX Live 2021 中存在更新,旧版本并不影响使用。带有 \ding{81} 符号的宏包并未载入它们,仅做了一些预配置,可在导言区手动载入以实现相关的功能。
\begin{description}[font = \normalfont\sffamily]
\item[amsmath] 提供 \LaTeX 中的数学功能。
\item[\passto{heading}{ctex}] 提供中文排版的通用框架。
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/CHANGES b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/CHANGES
deleted file mode 100644
index ab5b3ebf47..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/CHANGES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-This file contains a (fairly) detailed list of changes to the
-gatech-thesis.cls file. For even more gory detail, see the
-ChangeLog file. For a quick overview, see the NEWS file.
-
-______________ version 1.8 ________________
-* Remove bold from volume (part) titles in Table of Contents.
-* Fix bug that was preventing hyperref and overpic from working
- concurrently.
-* Revise abstract environment to produce an abstract page that meets the
- UMI requirements, rather than just replicating the summary page.
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.8 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.7 ________________
-* Remove double spacing of thesis title as per July 2005 manual.
-* Reduce font size of title (title page and approval page) and
- chapter titles. (Requested by OGS)
-* Reduce font size of author on title page. (Requested by OGS)
-* Reduce font sizes (title, author, volume) on volume divider
- pages. (Requested by OGS)
-* Reduce chapter title size to match that of thesis title. (Requested
- by OGS)
-* Major modifications and bugfixes to the approval page. Since theses
- are now submitted electronically, signature lines are no longer
- required. Also, the current manual requires affiliation for all
- readers and that the approval date be typed on the page. Reader (and
- advis?r and committeechair) commands are now of the form
- \firstreader{Ignatius Arrogant}[School of Industrial and Systems
- Engineering][Georgia Institute of Technology]. The second and third
- arguments default to \department and Georgia Institute of Technology,
- respectively.
-* Remove bold from chapter lines in Table of Contents. Also adjusted
- horizontal spacing in table of contents so that chapter numbers
- lower than XVIII don't overstrike chapter titles.
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.7 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.6 ________________
-* Make Vita doublespaced
-* Correct one-and-a-half-spaced linespace factor to 1.25
- from 1.33 (1.25 is specified by The LaTeX Companion)
-* Add support for on-demand patches
-* Fix Figure and Table captions to OGS specifications.
-* Add leaders (dots) in the table of contents for
- chapters. (Requested by OGS)
-
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.6 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.5 ________________
-
-After showing version 1.4 to GT OGS, almost all features were
-approved. Only a few, pre-approved changes were made in this
-1.5 release:
-
-* Caption labels:
-
- The 'Figure X:' or 'Table Y:' part of a caption is now
- printed in bold san-serif. If you want to customize this,
- use the caption2 package. OGS is not concerned about the
- details here, as long as you are consistent throughout.
-
-* List of Symbols:
-
- Now handled by the gatech-thesis-losa style instead of the
- gatech-thesis-gloss style. The -gloss style now generates
- a real glossary.
-
- OGS suggests that all symbol defintions be rigidly separated
- from the symbols themselves. In the julesverne/bellswhistles
- example, the was implemented via '\setlength{\losahang}{5cm}',
- to change this:
-
- SYM1 an explanation of what the "SYM1" stands for. A really
- long winded explanation so that I can get a linewrap or
- two.
-
- AVeryLongSymbol notice that the first line of the definition
- is intruded upon by the long symbol name, but the linewraps
- are aligned at the original point.
-
- ---- to ----
-
- SYM1 By changing \losahang, all of the definitions
- now begin and linewrap to a point that is to
- the right of the longest symbol name.
-
- AVeryLongSymbol However, this tends to look ugly if you have
- many short symbols, but one really really long
- one.
-
- You will need to set \losahang manually to an appropriate length,
- depending on the contents of your glosssary.
-
- You should use gatech-thesis-losa.sty and the \losa{} command
- to generate a List of Symbols. Use gatech-thesis-gloss.sty and
- the \gloss command to generate a Glossary.
-
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.5 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.4 ________________
-
-* Style of headings:
-
- In the most recent version of the OGS Guidelines, the
- specific format of section, subsection, and subsubsection
- headings is no longer specified. Because underlining is bad
- (1) underlining for emphasis is bad typesetting, originally
- used only when italics where not available [e.g. typewriters,
- for which the original OGS Guidelines were written]
- (2) Centering doesn't work on underlined text in section titles,
- so earlier, we faked it with a 2in indent (hoping that all
- section titles were short). Bad idea.
- (3) underlining doesn't break across lines, so if you have a
- very long section title, it won't wrap. It was suggested
- (Elena Garcia) to use the ulem.sty package, but
- (a) that would add a non-base external dependency to the class
- (b) it doesn't fix the problem, unless you ALSO use the
- titlesec.sty package to control section titles. Which
- is yet ANOTHER external dependency.
- Given (1) and (2), plus the lack of a requirement by OGS, I've
- redefined the section, subsection, and subsubsection formats thus:
- section: (old) (not really) centered, underlined, bold
- section: (new) Large, bold, italic, at left margin
- subsection: (old) bold, at left margin
- subsection: (new) bold, at left margin
- subsubsection: (old) bold, indented 5 "spaces" from left margin
- subsubsection: (new) italic, indented 0.25in from left margin
-
-* Fixed bug that caused problems when last section of the document
- (vita?) in \included instead of \inputted
-
-* Chapter headings fixups (only really applies if you're using
- pagestyle{tcplain} or pagestyle{gtthesis} -- for personal copies?)
-
- Minor headings fixups: in short "chapters" (vita, references) which
- will NOT have sections, the chapter header markers are not appropriate.
- Normal is: \rightmark has chapter name, \leftmark has section name
- .(when no sections, like vita, \leftmark is empty). It is up to
- the pagestyle whether the \marks are used. We only use them in
- gtthesis style. So, these known-short chapters should override
- the markers and mark both left and right with the "chapter" name:
- plus, they shouldn't read "Chapter *: Vita" but simply "Vita".
-
- QUESTION: perhaps abstract, TOC, LOT, ... should get similar
- treatment? How likely is it that they will run more than two pages
- long?
-
-* Massive signature page improvements. OGS Guidelines say that
- if there are more than four signatories, then the signature
- lines must be arranged in two columns. Before, it didn't. Now
- it does.
-
-* Fix pagenumbering. New OGS guidelines say that pagenumbers should
- go on the bottom in the middle, not in the upper right corner.
- This means that 'plain' is now the default pagestyle. (Old 'gtplain'
- is now renamed to 'tcplain' -- it's plain, except that the pagenumbers
- are in the Top Corner. It no longer has anything to do with Georgia
- Tech, so change the name to something else...hence, tcplain)
-
-* Reorganized the examples. There are now three: the super-simple,
- very basic ``example-thesis.tex'', the moderately more advanced
- julesverne/basic/ example, and the full-blown, all the bells and
- whistles example in julesverne/bellswhistles.
-
-* More pagenumbering fixes: signature page should not be numbered.
-
-* Dedication page: text is automatically centered, per OGS requirements.
- Looks ugly to me; for personal copies override dedicationtop/bottom:
- \renewcommand*{\dedicationtop}{\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
- \renewcommand*{\dedicationbottom}{\vspace*{\stretch{3}}
- looks nice to me (for UNOFFICIAL copies).
-
-* Table of Contents, List of Figures, List of Tables:
- OGS guidelines say that items in these lists should be single spaced
- if a single entry requires more than one line, but that separate
- entries should be doubled spaced. It wasn't before. Now it is.
-
-* Multivolume Thesis support:
- Use the \part{} sectioning commands to indicate where Volume II
- (III, etc) should begin. Put \multivolumetrue in your preamble, and
- gatech-thesis.cls will automatically generate the volume I "title"
- page (in addition to the "real" title page.
-
- It's unclear whether the volume title pages should look the same
- as the "real" title page, or if the volume I title page should BE
- the "real" title page. I've made some guesses. If I find out
- differently, I'll change it.
-
-* gatech-thesis.cls now depends on the base package 'calc'. This
- should not be a big deal, 'calc' is a part of the standard
- LaTeX2e distribution.
-
-* Lists of Symbols and Abbreviations, and Index:
- incorporate minimal support for glossary page and index page
- within gatech-thesis.cls. However, most functionality is
- kept in the add-on, option style files
- gatech-thesis-index.sty and
- gatech-thesis-gloss.sty
- Read the comments in those files for more information.
-
-* Bibliography style: gatech-thesis.bst based on ieeetr.bst. Thanks
- to Elena Garcia for the prod, although this version has
- a separate heritage than her submission.
-
-* Included code: gatech-thesis.cls now includes David Carlisle's
- \@removefromreset command as specified in the remreset package
- available from CTAN as
- macros/latex/contrib/supported/carlisle/remreset.sty
- It is provided here as a convenience to the user, and because
- it helps me eliminate a major kludge within gatech-thesis.cls.
- The code is included with David Carlisle's permission.
- remreset.sty is licensed under the LPPL; David has explicitly
- given permission to include it here, under the GPL.
-
-* Minor fixups for two-sided printing
- make sure that the last page of the preliminary environment is even,
- so that Chapter 1 starts on an odd page. (Page numbers were always
- right, but we need to go ahead an print the blank page, so that
- duplex printers don't get confused.) It didn't before. Now it does.
-
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.4 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.3 ________________
-baseline.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COMPLIANCE b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COMPLIANCE
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aaef92dca..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COMPLIANCE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,823 +0,0 @@
-These notes are a running commentary on important points in
-the Office of Graduate Studies Style Manual. Get it, open it,
-and read along in that and in this file.
-
-Authorities:
- OGS-SM: Office of Graduate Studies Style Manual
- OGS: Office of Graduate Studies verbal confirmation
-
-We begin on page 7 of the OGS-SM:
-
-Copyright:
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The current OGS-SM says that the copyright notice, if used,
-should look like this:
- Copyright (c) Full Name Year
-on pages 7 and 13. However, on page 25, the example shows
- Copyright (c) Year by Full Name
-According to OGS, either is fine; gatech-thesis uses the latter
-format.
-
-Fonts
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The OGS-SM only lists the following approved fonts (and sizes):
- Arial (11) -- N/A on most TeX systems
- Courier (11 or 12) -- available, but Why?
- Century Gothic (11 or 12) -- N/A
- Geneva (11) -- N/A
- Helvetica (11 or 12) -- available, but poor math support
- Times (12) -- available (use mathptmx or txfonts)
-But the OGS-SM doesn't mention Computer Modern, which is the
-default font for TeX, and which has the best math support.
-
-OGS has confirmed that Computer Modern, 11 or 12 point, is
-acceptable. (In TeX, unless you want to pay for proprietary
-fonts, your only other realistic choice of a font with decent
-support for mathematical symbles is Times, using the mathptmx
-package. See julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty for more
-information.
-
-Margins
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-By default, the GATECH-THESIS class uses the "new" margin
-specification (1" on top, right, and bottom, 1.5" on left,
-major headings just inside that 1" top margin). To use the
-"old" margins (1" on bottom and right, 1.5" on left and top,
-except that pages with major headings have a 2" top margin),
-call gatech-thesis with the 'oldmargins' option:
- \documentstyle[oldmargins]{gatech-thesis}
-But this is not recommended. Use the default, "new" margins.
-
-Spacing
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Line spacing is double throughout, except where the OGS-SM
-specifically says that it should be single (captions, within
-bibliography entries, etc). Don't change this.
-
-Page Numbers
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The 'plain' pagestyle, which is used by GATECH-THESIS by
-default, places the page numbers at the center within the
-bottom margin, 0.5" from the bottom of the page. This is the
-OGS-SM specification. For official copies, this should not
-be changed.
-
-For personal copies ONLY:
- You can use the 'tcplain' pagestyle which puts the page
-numbers at the upper right corner (upper outside corner for
-twosided printouts[*]).
- You can also try the 'gtthesis' pagestyle, which for
-onesided printouts puts the pagenumber at the upper right,
-and the chapter title in the upper left (for twosided,
-the pagenumber is on the outside upper corner; the chapter
-title is on the upper inside corner of right-hand pages, and
-the section title is on the upper inside corner of left-hand
-pages). See the julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty file
-for an example of how to do this.
-
-[*] 'twosided' doesn't simply mean that you happen to print
-on a duplex printer. It means that you invoke GATECH-THESIS
-with the 'twoside' option:
- \documentclass[twoside]{gatech-thesis}
-Don't do this except for personal copies (it's the default
-in draft mode -- which are personal by definition).
-
-Footnotes
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Nothing special here; use standard LaTeX tools (\footnote,
-\endnote) to do this.
-
-Preliminary Pages
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The frontmatter pages will automatically obey the proper margin
-guidelines (especially the topmargin) depending on whether you
-use the default (1") margins, or choose the "old" margins (2" on
-major heading pages, like titlepage, etc).
-
-Title Page
-----------------
-Counts as page i, but not marked. Commands which can mmodify
-the appearance:
-
-\titlepagefalse (\titlepagetrue is the default)
- Don't print a title page
-
-\documentclass[oldmargins]{gatech-thesis}
- See the Margins section above.
-
-Volume I Title page
-----------------
-If your thesis spans multiple volumes, then you should invoke the
-\multivolumetrue command within your preamble. This will cause
-GATECH-THESIS to automatically generate the Volume I title page
-(which is separate from the "real" title page) immediately after
-the real title page.
- Volume title pages are not numbered, and *do not count* in the
-page number sequence. So, oddly, you will have
- titlepage i
- volume title page -
- approval page ii
-Just go with it; this weird behavior has been confirmed by OGS
-(even though it isn't all that clear in the OGS-SM)
-
-Commands which modiry the appearance:
-
-\multipagetrue (\multipagefalse is the default)
- Print it.
-
-\documentclass[oldmargins]{gatech-thesis}
- See the Margins section above.
-
-Approval page
-----------------
-Formerly known as the signature page, this is generated by default.
-To suppress, invoke the \signaturepagefalse command. The
-signature lines will be generated (in order) for each one of
-the following commands that have been invoked (uninvoked ones
-will be skipped):
- \principaladvisor{a name}
- \committeechair{a name}
- \firstreader{a name}
- \secondreader{a name}
- \thirdreader{a name}
- \fourthreader{a name}
- \fifthreader{a name}
- \sixthreader{a name}
-You don't need to invoke them all; just the ones you need.
-The \principaladvisor and \committechair ones are special;
-in addition to the names, the titles ("Committee Chair",
-"Advisor") are also printed.
-
-Each of the commands above has two optional arguments. The first is
-the unit (school/department) name and the second is the institution
-name. If not specified, they will be filled by the student's
-department and Georgia Institute of Technology. Optional arguments go
-AFTER mandatory argument, as in:
-
- \firstreader{I.M. Professor}[Department of Mathematics and Computer Science][Emory University]
-
-If only the first optional argument is required, the command can be invoked with only one optional argument.
-
- If there are less than five signatures to be printed, then
-the names will be in a single column. If there are
-more than five, then the signatures will be typeset in two
-columns, as per the OGS-SM. This page is number ii, but the
-page number is not printed (per OGS-SM).
-
-Commands which can modify the appearance:
-
-\signaturepagefalse (default is \signaturepagetrue)
- suppress printing a signature page
-
-Dedication page
-----------------
-\begin{dedication}
- ... dedication text ...
-\end{dedication}
-
-Text on this page will be automatically centered vertically, per
-the OGS-SM. However, that looks unbalanced; for personal copies
-you may wish to override the following two commands as follows:
- \renewcommand{\dedicationtop}{\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
- \renewcommand{\dedicationbottom{\vspace*{\stretch{3}}
-This positions the text at about 1/4 of the way down the page,
-which looks better in my opinion. But ONLY do this for personal
-copies.
- Also, if you invoke the \dedicationheadingtrue command in your
-preamble, then the dedication page will have a big "DEDICATION"
-heading on it. Don't do this; it is only provided for backward-
-compatibility with the (very) old gtthesis.sty -- and this
-ugliness was required by the old OGS-SM (but no longer).
-
-Commands which can modify the appearance:
-
-\dedicationheadingtrue (default is \dedicationheadingfalse)
- print a big "DEDICATION" title at the top of the page
-
-Acknowledgements page
-----------------
-\begin{acknowledgements}
- ... acknowledgements text ...
-\end{acknowledgements}
-
-nothing special here
-
-About the next several sections (the 'Lists'): If you are using
-the hyperref package, you MUST use hyperref's breaklinks option.
-If you do not, and there is a section title or figure caption
-that spans multiple lines, hyperref will prevent it from breaking
-at the margin (it will stay all on one line, and go off the page).
- \usepackage[breaklinks,<other options>]{hyperref}
-See julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty for a good way
-to handle this.
-
-Table of Contents
-----------------
-\contents
-
-In general, this should "just work". By invoking the \contents
-command somewhere within the preliminary environment in your
-document, GATECH-THESIS will automatically create a Table of
-Contents (and List of Figures and List of Tables[*]) that matches
-the requirements of the OGS-SM. Specifically, that means
- 1) Chapter titles, sections, subsections, and subsubsections
- are listed (the OGS-SM requires at least chapters, sections,
- and subsections)
- 2) Each entry is singlespaced within, but doublespaced between
-
-[*] assuming the \tablespagefalse, \figurespagefalse commands were
- not invoked.
-
-However, there are ways to customize the look of the TOC (but don't
-use them in official copies...)
-
-\contentspagefalse
- don't print the TOC at all (bad idea...)
-
-\labelchaptersintableofcontents
- inserts an entry into the TOC that says ``CHAPTERS''. Obviously,
- you should invoke this just before you begin chapter 1. However,
- there's a slight glitch due to a bug in LaTeX: see
- julesverne/bellswhistles/hack-part.tex for more info.
-
-\labelappendicesintableofcontents
- inserts an entry into the TOC that says ``APPENDICES''. Obviously,
- you should invoke this just before you begin the first appendix
- (before or after the '\appendix' command; it doesn't matter).
- However, there's a slight glitch due to a bug in LaTeX: see
- julesverne/bellswhistles/hack-part.tex for more info.
-
-\settocstring{a string}
- change the name used for the Table of Contents (def: 'Table of Contents')
-
-
-\setchaptertocdepth{a number}
- set how ``deep'' to number within chapters in the table of contents.
- This defaults to '2', which means chapters, sections, and subsections,
- You may wish to set this to '3' (thus adding subsubsections) -- but
- don't use '0' or '1' because the OGS-SM requires that chapters,
- sections, and subsections are listed in the TOC.
-
-\setappendixtocdepth{a number}
- set how ``deep'' to number within appendices (chapter{}''s after
- the \appendix command) in the table of contents. This defaults
- to '0', which means list the Appendices themselves alone, with
- no sections. This is the OGS-SM default; but you may list smaller
- divisions as well by setting this to 1, 2, or 3.
-
-\settocdepth
- temporarily change how "deep" to number in the table of
- contents for current chapter/section. For example, you
- usually include \subsection{}''s in the TOC (\setchaptertocdepth{2})
- but in chapter 5 you want to include subsubsections as well:
- \chapter{This is Chapter 5}\settocdepth{3}. In chapter 6 the
- default depth of 2 is reasserted. Change the overall defaults using
- the above two commands instead.
-
-\multivolumetrue
-\part{}
- If \multivolumetrue is invoked in the preamble, then the very first
- item in the TOC is the phrase "Volume I" centered (with no page number)
- It is only inserted to show where the volume divisions are, but since
- the volume title pages have no number, then neither do the volume
- labels in the TOC. Also, another "Volume II" label (III, IV, ...)
- is inserted into the TOC each time \part{} is invoked. But,
- see julesverne/bellswhistles/hack-part.tex for information about
- working around a LaTeX bug.
- This particular bit of magic is not discussed at all in the OGS-SM,
- but OGS has seen and approved the results.
-
-List of Tables
-----------------
-\contents
-
-In general, this should "just work". By invoking the \contents
-command somewhere within the preliminary environment in your
-document, GATECH-THESIS will automatically create a List of
-Tables (and List of Figures and Table of Contents[*]) that matches
-the requirements of the OGS-SM. Specifically, that means
- 1) Each entry is singlespaced within, but doublespaced between
- 2) OGS-SM requires that the entries in the List of Tables exactly
- match the captions at each table. This means you should not
- use the `\caption[short caption]{long caption}' construction;
- just use `\caption{the caption}'.
-
-[*] assuming the \contentspagefalse, \figurepagesfalse commands were
- not invoked.
-
-However, there are ways to customize the look of the LOT (but don't
-use them in official copies...)
-
-\setlotstring
- change the name used for the List of Tables (def: 'List of Tables')
-
-List of Figures
-----------------
-\contents
-
-In general, this should "just work". By invoking the \contents
-command somewhere within the preliminary environment in your
-document, GATECH-THESIS will automatically create a List of
-Figures (and List of Tables and Table of Contents[*]) that matches
-the requirements of the OGS-SM. Specifically, that means
- 1) Each entry is singlespaced within, but doublespaced between
- 2) OGS-SM requires that the entries in the List of Figures exactly
- match the captions at each table. This means you should not
- use the `\caption[short caption]{long caption}' construction;
- just use `\caption{the caption}'.
-
-[*] assuming the \contentspagefalse, \tablespagefalse commands were
- not invoked.
-
-However, there are ways to customize the look of the LOF (but don't
-use them in official copies...)
-
-\setlofstring
- change the name used for the List of Figures (def: 'List of Figures')
-
-List of Symbols or Abbreviations
-----------------
-\usepackage{gatech-thesis-losa}
-
-This is not generated by default, since it isn't widely used (but
-every thesis has tables and figures). Also, the implementation
-provided requires additional packages that are not included with
-this distribution.
-
-To generate a List of Symbols or Abbreviations (LOSA), you simply
-do the following in your preamble:
- \usepackage{gatech-thesis-losa}
- \losafiles{<database file, sans .bib suffix>}
-gatech-thesis-losa.sty depends on and automatically loads the
-gloss.sty package -- but you need to insure that gloss.sty is
-installed in your TeX system.
-
-By doing this, the LOSA will be automatically generated and included
-in the frontmatter, just after the LOF -- and it will be added to the
-TOC. Of course, you need actual *entries* in the symbols database
-file -- which must end in .bib; see the gloss.sty documentation
-for the appropriate format. You also need actual citations to those
-entries within your bodytext, like this:
- \losa{key}.
-Note that \losa{<key>} typesets the <word> from the <key> entry of
-the losafile within the text, so there''s no need to do this:
- (BAD) word\losa{key-for-word}
-Again, you should read the gloss.sty documentation for more info, but
-basically gatech-thesis-losa.sty makes it simple:
- 1. insert the two commands above into your preamble
- 2. create a database with your glossary definitions
- 3. sprinkle \losa{} citations in your text
- 4. run ``bibtex'' on the <rootfile>.losa.aux file created
- after the first ``latex'' run. (But don''t include the
- .aux extension. So say ``bibtex <rootfile>.losa'' You
- can do this at the same time you run ``bibtex'' for your
- references.
- 5. run ``latex'' twice more
-
-To customize the List of Symbols or Abbreviations, you can use the
-following commands
-
-\setlosastring{a string}
- change the name used for the List of Symbols or Abbreviations
- (def: 'List of Symbols or Abbreviations')
-
-\setlength{\losahang}{a dimension}
- The GSO prefers that the symbol descriptions are rigidly
- separated from the symbols themselves. Sometimes, if you have
- very long symbols/abbreviations, you may need to make
- \losahang bigger than its default value of 2cm, by using a
- command similar to the following, within your document preamble:
- \setlength{\losahang}{4cm}
-
-Glossary
-----------------
-\usepackage{gatech-thesis-gloss}
-
-This is not generated by default, since it isn't widely used (but
-every thesis has tables and figures). Also, the implementation
-provided requires additional packages that are not included with
-this distribution. Finally, the current OGS-SM doesn't say
-anything about a Glossary or List of Nomenclature, so we're
-on our own, here. However, the old OGS-SM did mention it, briefly.
-
-To generate a Glossary or List of Nomenclature, you simply
-do the following in your preamble:
- \usepackage{gatech-thesis-gloss}
- \glossfiles{<database file, sans .bib suffix>}
-gatech-thesis-gloss.sty depends on and automatically loads the
-gloss.sty package -- but you need to insure that gloss.sty is
-installed in your TeX system.
-
-By doing this, the glossary will be automatically generated and
-included in the frontmatter, just after the LOF (or LOSA, if you
-have it) -- and it will be added to the TOC. Of course, you need
-actual *entries* in the glossary database file -- which must end
-in .bib; see the gloss.sty documentation for the appropriate format.
-You also need actual citations to those entries within your
-bodytext, like this:
- \gloss{key}.
-Note that \gloss{<key>} typesets the <word> from the <key> entry of
-the glossfile within the text, so there''s no need to do this:
- (BAD) word\gloss{keyforword}
-Read the gloss.sty documentation for more info, but basically
-gatech-thesis-gloss.sty makes it simple:
- 1. insert the two commands above into your preamble
- 2. create a glossfile with your glossary definitions
- 3. sprinkle \gloss{} citations in your text
- 4. run ``bibtex'' on the <rootfile>.gls.aux file created
- after the first ``latex'' run. (But don''t include the
- .aux extension. So say ``bibtex <rootfile>.gls'' You
- can do this at the same time you run ``bibtex'' for your
- references.
- 5. run ``latex'' twice more
-
-To customize the Glossary or List of Nomenclature, you can use the
-following commands
-
-\setglossstring{a string}
- change the name used for the List of Symbols or Abbreviations
- (def: 'List of Symbols or Abbreviations')
-
-\setlength{\glosshang}{a dimension}
- Unlike the \losahang comment above, it doesn't make sense to
-rigidly separate the description from the glossary terms; the
-glossary terms are usually too long for this to be aesthetic.
-However, this has NOT been confirmed by OGS. If you use a
-glossary, be sure to confirm that the current behavior is okay.
-If not, then you can use \setlength{\glosshang}{a dimension}
-to fix it.
-
-Summary
-----------------
-\begin{summary}
- ... summary text ...
-\end{summary}
-
-Nothing special to say here
-
-Other frontmatter
-----------------
-
-Before we leave the "Preliminary pages" section (pg. 15 of the OGS-SM),
-there are a few additional environments that are provided by
-the GATECH-THESIS class, but are not discussed in the OGS-SM:
-
-The entire "frontmatter" section should be enclosed within the
-"preliminary" environment, like this:
-
-\begin{document}
-\begin{preliminary}
- \begin{dedication} dedication text \end{dedication}
- ... etc ...
- \contents
- \begin{summary} summary text \end{summary}
-\end{preliminary}
-... chapters ...
-
-Preface
-----------------
-\begin{preface}
- ... preface text ...
-\end{preface}
-
-The (current) OGS-SM doesn't mention a preface, but if used it
-should go after the dedication. The old OGS-SM did mention it.
-
-Forward
-----------------
-\prefacesection{Forward}{%
- ... forward text ...
-}
-
-The (current) OGS-SM doesn't mention a preface, but if used it
-should go after the dedication. The old OGS-SM did mention it.
-
-There is no 'Forward' envronment; you can use the \prefacesection
-command to create any frontmatter section you like, as follows:
- \prefacesection{title of the section}{section text}
-
-Text Pages
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-\chapter{chapter title}
-chapter text ...
-\chapter{the next chapter title}
-chapter text ...
-
-\appendix
-\chapter{appendix title}
-appendix text ...
-\chapter{the next appendix title}
-appendix text ...
-
-Section Heading Formats
----------------
-The new OGS-SM no longer specifies what the section,
-subsection, or subsubsection headings should look like; according
-to OGS, they don't really care: as long as it looks professional
-and you are consistent. I chose to define these as follows:
-
-Sections: Large, Bold, Italic, Flush left
-SubSections: Bold, Flush left
-SubSubSections: Italic, indented
-
-If you wish to override and define your own formats, you can
-either \renewcommand{\section}{ ... } (see any good LaTeX book),
-or \usepackage{titlesec}. I recommend the latter. Actually,
-I recommend leaving it alone; concentrate on writing your
-dissertation and don't get distracted by messing around with
-formatting.
-
-You can use a number of special environments for specific
-purposes. The first two are useful; avoid the other four.
-
-\begin{longquote}...\end{longquote}:
- Single-spaced version of the ``quote'' environment.
-\begin{longquotation}...\end{longquotation}:
- Single-spaced version of the ``quotation'' environment.
-\begin{singlespaced}...\end{singlespaced}:
- Format single-spaced paragraphs.
-\begin{oneandahalfspaced}...\end{oneandahalfspaced}:
- Format 1 1/2-spaced paragraphs.
-\begin{doublespaced}...\end{doublespaced}:
- Format double-spaced paragraphs.
-\begin{newspacing}{<n>}...\end{newspacing}:
- Format paragraphs with an interline spacing of ``n''.
-
-
-Reference Material
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Nothing really special to say here.
-
-Appendices
-----------------
-See the 'Text Pages' section above, as well as the 'Table of
-Contents' discussion above.
-
-References
-----------------
-\bibfiles{a .bib database}% in the preamble
-\bibliographystyle{gatech-thesis}% just after \begin{document}
-\references% somewhere in the postliminary env.
-
-Within the \postliminary environment, execute the \references
-command to generate an OGS-SM compliant bibliography. The
-gatech-thesis.bst style is:
-
- numeric labels, sorted, IEEE abbreviations (vol. not volume,
- no. not number, authors' first names abbreviated), quotes
- around article titles, commas separate all fields except after
- book titles and before "notes". Authors names typeset
- in small caps, surname first.
-
-This has been approved by OGS. You may also use the 'plain'
-bibliography style (\bibliographystyle{plain}), if you wish.
-
-Vita
-----------------
-\begin{vita}
- ... vita text ...
-\end{vita}
-
-This should be the very last page of your disseration, and should come
-immediately before \end{postliminary}\end{document}.
-
-Index
-----------------
-\usepackage{gatech-thesis-index}
-
-This is not generated by default, since it isn't widely used (but
-every thesis has tables and figures). Also, the implementation
-provided requires additional packages that are not included with
-this distribution. Finally, the current OGS-SM doesn't say
-anything about an index; neither did the old OGS-SM.
-
-To generate an index, do the following in your preamble:
- \usepackage{gatech-thesis-index}
-and execute
- \gtindex
-somewhere in the postliminary environment of your thesis.
-Remember, VITA should be last, so \gtindex must precede it.
-
-gatech-thesis-index.sty depends on and automatically loads the
-index.sty package and the multicol.sty package -- but you need
-to insure that index.sty and multicol.sty are installed in your
-TeX system (index.sty is included in the `camel' package on
-MikTeX and CTAN).
-
-By doing this, the index will be automatically generated and
-included in the TOC. Of course, you need actual *index references*
-within your document, like this:
- foo\index{foo}.
-Read the index.sty documentation for more info, but basically
-gatech-thesis-index.sty makes it simple:
- 1. insert the \usepackage and \gtindex commands into your document
- 2. sprinkle \index{} citations in your text
- 3. run ``makeindex'' on the <rootfile>.idx file created
- after the first ``latex'' run, like this:
- makeindex -s gatech-thesis-index.ist <rootfile>.idx
- This will create <rootfile>.ind (the gatech-thesis-index.ist
- file is a format specification for the index). If you want
- to customize the index format, copy gatech-thesis-index.ist to
- ``myformat.ist'' and change the copy. Use ``-s myformat.ist''
- instead of gatech-thesis-index.ist.
- You can run the makeindex command at the same time you run `
- `bibtex'' for your references and/or glossary.
- 4. run ``latex'' twice more (the same ``twice more'' needed for
- bibtex and gatech-thesis-gloss.sty)
-
-To customize the Index, you can use the following commands
-
-\setindexstring{a string}
- change the name used for the Index (def: 'Index')
-
-Tables and Figures
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Some useful packages you might want to investigate include
- subfigure -- place multiple figures within a single 'figure'
- environment
- floatingfigure -- for figures that do not take up the full
- width of the page, you may issue this command between
- paragraphs, and the next paragraph will be typeset
- next to the narrow figure. OGS does accept this sort
- of thing, but...
- wrapfig -- ditto, but with a difference: you may issue this
- command inside a paragraph, but LaTeX will NOT optimize
- the figure's position -- which might lead to extra
- whitespace, mostly empty pages, etc. Recommend against.
- longtable -- for tables that extend beyond a single page (don't
- use the supertab package, it can't handle secondary caption
- properly)
-
-Captions:
----------------
- The OGS-SM requires that Table captions be placed before the
- caption, and Figure captions be placed after the figure. You can
- only do this manually; it can't be automatted. To create a
- table, do this:
-
- \begin{table}[tbp]
- \caption{the caption}
- \label{the label}% must come after the caption
- \begin{center}
- \begin{tabular}
- ....
- \end{tabular}
- \end{center}
- \end{table}
-
- For a figure, do this:
-
- \begin{figure}[tbp]
- \begin{center}
- \includegraphics[some options]{a graphics file}
- \end{center}
- \caption{the caption}
- \label{the label}% must come after the caption
- \end{table}
-
- Notice that the \caption{} command comes before the actual
- tabular in the table, but comes after the includegraphics in the
- figure. This is the only way to insure that the captions go where
- the OGS-SM requires.
-
- The caption format is (by default) 'Figure X: caption-text', and
- the 'Figure X:' part is typeset in bold, while the caption-text
- is typeset in 'normal weight' like the rest of the body text.
- To change this, use the caption2 package (note that
- \usepackage[bf]{caption2}
- will result in captions that are identical to the GATECH-THESIS
- default). But for an official GT thesis, you want the default;
- for personal copies, I like using san-serif bold like so:
- (DON'T DO THIS) \usepackage[sf,bf]{caption2}
-
-Placement
---------------
-LaTeX usually does a fairly decent job of obeying rational placement
-rules for 'floats' (e.g. tables and figures). If you need to force
-a float to a specific location (note that using the 'h' option for
-the figure/table environments does not do what you think it does; nor
-does using the '!' option),
-try the following:
- \usepackage{float}
- \restylefloat{figure}% or table
- \begin{figure}[H]% <<< note the 'H' for 'Here'
-However, this can really get you into trouble: the H'ed figure
-could get placed before a non-H'ed one, even if it follows the
-non-H'ed figure in the document source. This will cause, for
-example, Figure 4 to be on a page before Figure 3!
-
-To work around this, you could *additionally*
- \usepackage{afterpage}
-and use
- \afterpage{\clearpage\begin{figure}[H]...\end{figure}}
-But THAT can lead to pages will very little text, and lots of
-empty white space -- which itself is a violation of the OGS-SM.
-
-Think about it. Do you REALLY care if a figure is 2 or 3 pages
-away from the text that references it? You're writing a 100+
-page document...messing with float placement is usually more
-trouble than it is worth. Don't.
-
-For more information, see section 6.2 in the LaTeX companion.
-
-If you need to turn a figure or table on its side (landscape),
-use the 'rotating' package.
-
-Numbering
-----------------
-LaTeX will handle the Figure # and Table # sequences for you.
-
-For tables that will extend over more than one page, use the
-'longtable' package. To follow the OGS-SM requirement that
-subsequent pages of the same page also have captions, and that
-these captions say only
- Table XX (cont'd)
-you must pay careful attention when constructing the table (and
-the longtable environment is different from the table environment
-plus a tabular). However, the best we can do -- without massive
-TeX code, is that subsequent captions are
- Table XX: (cont'd)
-(the ':' is not in the original requirements). However, to even
-get this far, you must do something like this:
-
- \begin{longtable}[c]{|c|c|c|}
- \caption{the `real' caption}
- \\ \hline
- Column A & Column B & Column C \\ \hline
- \endfirsthead% the preceding will be invoked ONLY at the
- % beginning of the table
- \caption[]{(cont'd)}% <<<<< This is the magic caption
- \\ \hline
- column a & column b & column c \\ %\hline -- not necessary
- % longtable takes care of it for us.
- \endhead% the preceding will be invoked at the top
- % of every page except the first one
- % now we do the data...
- 1 & 2 & 3 \\ \hline
- 4 & 5 & 6 \\ \hline
- ....
- \end{longtable}
-
-The 'magic' caption[]{(cont'd)} statement within the header section
-means that every page (except the first) will get that caption --
-but since it has an empty optional argument, the '(con't)' will
-NOT get listed in the LOT, and the table counter will not be
-incremented. Which is what we want.
-
-Note that longtables are not floating; they will go exactly where
-you put them. (There is no need for a longtable to float; it is
-able to break at the pagebreak and continue on the next page).
-However, don't use longtable for everything tabular; a 4-line
-table will look really silly broken across two pages.
-
-You can also play games with 'continued on next page' and
-'continued from previous page' within the table itself, by
-using \endfoot and \endlastfoot commands and the multicolumn
-command. See the longtable documentation, and Chapter 5 of the
-LaTeX Companion.
-
-Citations of Tables and Figures
-----------------
-The OGS-SM states that you should always reference figures as
-'Figure 10' and tables as 'Table 4'. However, you don't want
-a linebreak (or worse, a page break) to occur betwen 'Table' and
-'4'; further, you don't want TeX to hyphenate 'Fig'-'ure'. So,
-in LaTeX, this means if you have a figure with the label
-{myfigure} and a table with the label {mytable}, you should
-cite them as:
-
- \mbox{Figure~\ref{myfigure}}
- \mbox{Table~\ref{mytable}}
-
-It's probably a good idea to simply define new commands in your
-preamble:
-
- \newcommand{\figref}[1]{\mbox{Figure~\ref{#1}}}
- \newcommand{\tabref}[1]{\mbox{Table~\ref{#1}}}
-
-because sooner or later, you WILL forget to type all that extra
-junk. Just define the new commands as you like, and then do
-
- \figref{myfigure}
- \tabref{mytable}
-
-and be done. Note that these commands are NOT provided by
-GATECH-THESIS; not being strictly necessary, I don't want to
-cramp any potential users' style by forcing my way. However,
-see the julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty file...
-
-Multivolume Theses or Dissertations
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-\multivolumetruee
-\part{}
-
-This was already covered in the Table of Contents section,
-above. One note, however: don't attempt to "name" your volumes.
-That is, use \part{}, not \part{Title of Volume II}
-
-GATECH-THESIS will handle it if you do name your volumes -- but
-the OGS-SM doesn't allow it, and there is no way short of
-redefining the entire 'preliminary' environment to give Volume I
-a name.
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COPYING b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COPYING
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bf1526387..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/COPYING
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/ChangeLog b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 670e3fc5da..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
--------- RELEASE v1.7 --------
-
-2006-01-25 Mitchel T. Keller <keller@math.gatech.edu>
-
- * title@top: reduce font size to large and remove double spacing
- * title@text: changes to accommodate \ifdissertation and
- \iflistmajor and to reduce the size of the author's name
- * ifdissertation: new if to use the word dissertation on the title
- page instead of thesis
- * iflistmajor: new if to use "[degree] in [major]" on the title
- page and put [department] down at the bottom of the page
- * \major: new command to specify the major for the title page
- * reader commands: two optional arguments added to all reader
- commands (including advis?r and committee chair) to allow
- specifying the reader's affiliation
- * signature@bodytwocol: major revisions to eliminate signature
- lines, list each person's affiliation, print the date approved,
- and line up the first line of horizontally opposite signatures
- * @makecaption: Removed call to \textsf for the first argument
- when captions get long.
-
--------- RELEASE v1.6 --------
-
-2003-05-06 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * l@chapter: modify to add leaders, as requested
- by OGS.
-
-2003-05-04 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * one-and-a-half spacing: use 1.25 throughout,
- instead of 1.33 -- to better match the description
- given in The LaTeX Companion.
-
-2003-04-14 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * \@makesignature: fix problem when no Committee Chair
- * vita environment: make double spaced
- * \@makecaption: Make 'Figure X:' part bold, but use
- the normal font (OGS complained about san-serif).
- * patch support: new file "gatech-thesis-patch.sty"
- for faster updates...
-
-2002-09-30 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * \@footnotetext: correct spacing after the footnotemark
- in the body text.
-
--------- RELEASE v1.5 --------
-
-2002-08-17 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Make the changes suggested and/or approved by OGS
-
- * \@makecaption: New function (copied from report.cls).
- Make the 'Figure X:' part bold san-serif. To override,
- use the caption2 package. Current behavior is now similar
- to '\usepackage[sf,bf]{caption2}'.
- * gatech-thesis-gloss.sty: change \glossname
- * gatech-thesis-losa.sty: new file. Use this for List of Symbols
- * gatech-thesis-losa.bst: new file.
- * INSTALL: fix format
- * COMPLIANCE: new file
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- tag as 1.4 -- it may not be official, but it works.
- Get approval from OGS, make the required changes, and
- release that as 1.5
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- In the most recent version of the OGS Guidelines, the
- specific format of section, subsection, and subsubsection
- headings is no longer specified. Because underlining is bad
- (1) underlining for emphasis is bad typesetting, originally
- used only when italics where not available [e.g. typewriters,
- for which the original OGS Guidelines were written]
- (2) Centering doesn't work on underlined text in section titles,
- so earlier, we faked it with a 2in indent (hoping that all
- section titles were short). Bad idea.
- (3) underlining doesn't break across lines, so if you have a
- very long section title, it won't wrap. It was suggested
- (Elena Garcia) to use the ulem.sty package, but
- (a) that would add a non-base external dependency to the class
- (b) it doesn't fix the problem, unless you ALSO use the
- titlesec.sty package to control section titles. Which
- is yet ANOTHER external dependency.
- Given (1) and (2), plus the lack of a requirement by OGS, I've
- redefined the section, subsection, and subsubsection formats thus:
- section: (old) (not really) centered, underlined, bold
- section: (new) Large, bold, italic, at left margin
- subsection: (old) bold, at left margin
- subsection: (new) bold, at left margin
- subsubsection: (old) bold, indented 5 "spaces" from left margin
- subsubsection: (new) italic, indented 0.25in from left margin
-
- * \section: change format of headings
- * \subsection: change format of headings
- * \subsubsection: change format of headings
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * mainline: using \AtEndDocument, write out a final setcounter
- command to the aux file. This corrects a problem when the last
- section of the document is \include'd instead of \input'ed.
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- name handling for LOT, TOC, LOF. Not all of these are used; but
- are included for completeness. One confusing note: the pdfbookmarks
- for listoffigures and listoftables uses the list*name variable,
- NOT the *pdfbookmarksstring variable: but the list*name includes
- \Makeuppercase which is illegal in a pdfstring.
- This is handled by hyperref itself (I think) which ignores
- \MakeUppercase when building the bookmarks.
-
- * \gtcontentsname: New. holds "normal" version of the TOC name
- * \toccontentlinestring: New. holds \Makeuppercase version of TOC name
- * \tocpdfbookmarksstring: New. holds texofpdfstring version of TOC name
- * \settocstring: New. sets the above three values appropriately, as
- well as the 'normal' LaTeX variable 'contentsname'
- * \gtfigurename: New. holds "normal" version of the LOF name
- * \lofcontentlinestring: New. holds \Makeuppercase version of LOF name
- * \lofpdfbookmarksstring: New. holds texofpdfstring version of LOF name
- * \setlofstring: New. sets the above three values appropriately, as
- well as the 'normal' LaTeX variable 'listfigurename'
- * \gttablename: New. holds "normal" version of the LOT name
- * \lotcontentlinestring: New. holds \Makeuppercase version of LOT name
- * \lotpdfbookmarksstring: New. holds texofpdfstring version of LOT name
- * \setlotstring: New. sets the above three values appropriately, as
- well as the 'normal' LaTeX variable 'listtablename'
-
- * mainline: use \setlotstring, \setlofstring, \settocstring
-
- * \do@tablespage: use \lotcontentlinestring
- * \do@contentspage: use \tocpdfbookmarkstring
- * \do@figurespage: use \lofcontentlinestring
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Minor headings fixups: in short "chapters" (vita, references) which
- will NOT have sections, the chapter header markers are not appropriate.
- Normal is: \rightmark has chapter name, \leftmark has section name
- .(when no sections, like vita, \leftmark is empty). It is up to
- the pagestyle whether the \marks are used. We only use them in
- gtthesis style. So, these known-short chapters should override
- the markers and mark both left and right with the "chapter" name:
- plus, they shouldn't read "Chapter *: Vita" but simply "Vita".
-
- * vita environment: markboth{}{} with the chapter name
- * thebibliography: ditto, plus reset the pagestyle back to
- "endmatter" (references are numbered as bodytext, according to
- OGS guidelines). This means that \references MUST be the very first
- section within the postliminary environment, or page numbering
- could get wacky.
-
- QUESTION: perhaps abstract, TOC, LOT, ... should get similar
- treatment? How likely is it that they will run more than two pages
- long?
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Massive signature page improvements. OGS Guidelines say that
- if there are more than four signatories, then the signature
- lines must be arranged in two columns.
-
- * \newsignature: remove
- * \signature@width: new length.
- * \signature@bodyonecol: new function. Used to typeset the
- signatures when there are less than five. If called, it
- loops thru all 7 known signatures, because it doesn't know
- which of them are empty.
- * \signature@bodytwocol: new function. Used to typeset the
- signatures when there are five or more.
- * \signature@body: pointer to \signature@bodyonecol or
- \signature@bodytwocol
- * \signatures: new counter (all sigs)
- * \cnt@Lsig: new counter (sigs in left column)
- * \cnt@Rsig: new counter (sigs in right column)
- * \R@signatures: New. list of signatures for right column
- * \L@signatures: New. list of signatures for left column
- * \ta, \tb: New. tokens for list management
- * \leftappenditem#1\to#2: New. list management function (from TeXbook)
- * \rightappenditem#1\to#2: New. ditto
- * \concatenate#1=#2&#3: New. ditto
- * \lop#1\to#2: New. ditto
- * \lopoff: New. ditto
- * \dosiglist: New. Loops thru the given list (#1) as many times as is
- indicated by (#2). Executes the extracted items (e.g. typesets
- the signatures).
- * \signature: modify to put entire signature with rule inside a
- parbox. Also, don't do anything if argument is empty (previously
- you'd get a rule with no name)
- * \add@Lsig: New. Add the given signature to the left list, and
- increment the left counter
- * \add@Rsig: New. ditto, only right
- * \@fifthreader: new function. added to make things nicer for
- \makesignature
- * \@sixthreader: new function. Ditto.
- * \makesignature: add the committee chair, advisor, and first reader
- to the left list (we know these three will be in the left column
- if they exist). Count all specified signatures. If less than five,
- punt: skip to typesetting routine. Otherwise, adjust \signature@width,
- change \signature@body pointer to \signature@bodytwocol, and
- compute which signatures are added to the left list, and which
- are added to the right list. Typesetting: call \title@top, then
- call the \signature@body pointer.
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Fix pagenumbering. New OGS guidelines say that pagenumbers should
- go on the bottom in the middle, not in the upper right corner.
-
- * \tcplain: new name for gtplain (given the new guidelines, the
- upperright numbering has nothing to do with GT, so avoid the
- confusion. tc == 'Top Corner'.
- * \if@tcpage: new name for \if@thesispage. Since neither gtthesis
- style nor gtplain==tcplain style are actually required by the
- new OGS guidelines, give this a functional name: it indicates whether
- the current style is a left-right alternating style when twosided.
- It is true for tcplain and for gtthesis.
- * \cleartcplaindoublepage: new function, included for completeness.
- I doubt it will be of much use, though.
- * \cleargtthesisdoublepage: ditto
- * \chapter: use plain pagestyle, not gtplain
- * \appendix: ditto
- * \makesignature: according to new OGS guidelines, should not be
- numbered. set \thispagestyle to empty.
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * \l@part@pagenumfont: new command (gobbles pagenumber)
- * \l@part: use it
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * abstract environment: change handling of cleardouble page
- so that pdf bookmarks are at the proper place.
- * summary environment: ditto
- * acknowledgements environment: ditto
- * preface environment: ditto
- * vita environment: ditto
- * \references: ditto
- * \maketitle: ditto
- * \make@parttitle: ditto
- * \makesignature: ditto
- * \prefacesection: ditto
- * \postfacesection: ditto
- * \do@tablespage: ditto
- * \do@figurespage: ditto
- * \do@contentspage: ditto
- * dedication environment: ditto, and automatically center the text
- vertically as per OGS requirements. To override this centering,
- \renewcommand{} on \dedicationtop and \dedicationbottom
- * \dedicationtop: new command (used by dedication environment)
- * \dedicationbottom: new command (used by dedication environment)
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Fix the TOC, LOT, LOF to handle really long titles. Each title
- should be single spaced, with double spacing between titles. This
- means that the entire TOC, LOT, LOF must be "singlespaced", but
- we must add extra vspace{} when formatting. Thus, we copy
- all of the l@[X] funtions from report.cls, and modify them to
- use a settable length between entries. (We will set this length
- to height{A capital letter} to simulate double spacing) -- but
- that's done elsewhere
-
- * \chap@chapter: don't add extra space to TOC, the l@[X] functions
- will handle that. Modify format of the title to better support
- pdf bookmarks (emdash vs. ---)
- * \app@chapter: ditto
- * \gt@tocentryskip@value: new length, used to handle spacing within
- TOC, LOT, LOF
- * \gt@beforepartskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforechapskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforesecskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforesubsecskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforesubsubsecskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforeparaskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforesubparaskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforefigskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@beforetableskip@value: new length (TOC, LOT, LOF)
- * \gt@@toclineskip: internal length, see l@section, l@subsection... below
- * \set@gttocskip: new function, sets the above lengths to
- default values based on its argument.
- * \gt@dottedtocline: new fuction, replaces \@dottedtocline from
- report.cls, but uses \gt@@toclineskip to control spacing between
- entries in the TOC, LOT, LOF.
- * \l@part: copied from report.cls, modified to use gt@beforepartskip@value
- * \l@chap: similar
- * \l@section: assign gt@@toclineskip the appropriate length
- gt@before[X]@value, and call \gt@dottedtocline. Based on report.cls
- version (but increased leftmargin slightly to make room for
- Roman Numberal chapter numbers.
- * \l@subsection: similar
- * \l@subsubsection: similar
- * \l@paragraph: similar
- * \l@subparagraph: similar
- * \l@figure: similar
- * \l@table: similar
-
- * mainline: use set@gttocskip
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Add support for multivolume theses, using the \part{} sectioning
- commands. Since volume title pages are not to be counted in the
- page numbers, we assign them negative pagenums to avoid duplication
- of existing pagenums in the "real" thesis.
-
- gatech-thesis.cls now depends on the base package 'calc'.
-
- * \ifmultivolume: new if (See preliminary environment)
- * \part@savepagenum: new counter, used to save existing page
- number while we take a pagenumber detour
- * \part@pagenum: the detour Initially set to -101, and increases.
- Don't use more than 50 parts in a twosided thesis, 100 in a
- onesided thesis.
- * preliminary environment: if multivolume, then do a \part{}
- command just after the "real" title page.
- * \title@top: new function, used by sigature page, title page, and
- volume titles.
- * \maketitle: use it.
- * \make@parttitle: new function. Use \title@top, but also typeset
- the volume number [and title], and author as per OGS guidelines
- * \makesignature: use \title@top
- * \partname: Volume, not Part
- * \part: copy from report.cls, modify to reset page number
- * \@part: copy from report.cls, modify to typeset 'Volume I'
- centered on the line in TOC. (Also pdf bookmark support). Calls
- \make@parttitle to typeset the volume title page
- * \@spart: copy from report.cls, modify to use \make@parttitle for
- typesettting
- * \@endpart: copy from report.cls, sets pagenum back to saved value
- * \orig@contentsline: compatibility macro for hyperref support
- * \labelchaptersintableofcontents: modify to support new \part{}
- stuff, and hyperref (use \orig@contentsline)
- * \labelappendicesintableofcontents: ditto
-
-2002-08-08 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- Simplify \contents command to enable glossary support
-
- * \do@tablespage: new command, typesets the LOT
- * \do@figurespage: new command, typesets the LOF
- * \do@contentspage: new command, typesets the TOC
- * \do@glossarypage: new command. Empty (but overridden by
- gatech-thesis-gloss.sty)
- * \do@indexpage: new command. Empyt (but overridden by
- gatech-thesis-index.sty)
- * \contents: use them
-
-2002-08-03 Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu>
-
- * \@removefromreset: added new command (from David Carlisle)
- * figure numbering: use \@removefromreset instead of existing kludge
- * table numbering: use \@removefromreset instead of existing kludge
- * equation numbering: use \@removefromreset instead of existing kludge
- * preliminary environment: insure empty lefthand page is printed between
- end of preliminary and beginning of chapter 1.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/INSTALL b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/INSTALL
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b87ba4ec3..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/INSTALL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-One of these days, I'll turn this in to an actual
-.dtx file with all of the nifty built-in auto-install
-procedures, plus real documentation. However, until
-then you have to do it by hand.
-
-The following files should end up in your texmf tree
-(or your localtexmf tree) at these locations:
-
- <texmf>/tex/latex/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.cls
- <texmf>/tex/latex/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-patch.sty
- <texmf>/tex/latex/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.sty
- <texmf>/tex/latex/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-gloss.sty
- <texmf>/tex/latex/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.sty
- <texmf>/bibtex/bst/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.bst
- <texmf>/bibtex/bst/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.bst
- <texmf>/makeindex/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.ist
-
-Then, you need to update the file database; usually this is
-something like "initexmf -u". On MikTeX, you run the "MikTeX
-Options" program, and on the "General" tab, in the "File name
-database" section, click on the button that says "Refresh Now".
-
-Alternatively, you can simply copy all of these files into your
-local work directory where your thesis files will live.
-However, this is sometimes dangerous as you might be tempted
-to edit them directly. Wherever you choose to install the
-official files, don't edit or modify them..
-
-You should not need to modify the style/class files. However,
-if you find that you must modify their behavior, the best thing
-to do is to copy just the section of code (e.g. the function
-definition) that needs changing into your own personal,
-document-specific style file, and edit it there. You're
-version will override the "real" version -- and there is no
-need to modify the standard files.
-
-See the commented-out section at the end of
-julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty file, which is an
-example of just this sort of thing -- it modifies the \contents
-macro in gatech-thesis.cls, *without actually editing
-gatech-thesis.cls*
-
-(NOTE: julesverne is only available from the Georgia Tech version of
-the package at http://www.gradadmiss.gatech.edu/thesis.php)
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/MANIFEST b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/MANIFEST
deleted file mode 100644
index fe3929d612..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/MANIFEST
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Documentation
- 00README
- COMPLIANCE - a commentary on the official GT Style manual
- COPYING - license
- ChangeLog - extremely gory list of changes
- CHANGES - a more general overview of changes
- NEWS - simple bullet point list of changes
- MANIFEST - this file
- NOTES - general tips for using gatech-thesis
- (and other packages)
- TODO
- INSTALL - how to ...
-
-Examples
- example-thesis.tex - original source for the example
- example-thesis.bib - ditto
- example-thesis.dvi - what it should look like
- example-thesis.ps - ditto
- julesverne/ - two more examples are buried here
- NOTE: The CTAN version of this package does not
- include this directory. It can be retrieved
- from the Georgia Tech page at
- http://www.gradadmiss.gatech.edu/thesis.php
-
-The actual class:
- gatech-thesis.cls - the gatech-thesis LaTeX2e class file
- gatech-thesis.bst - bibliography style file
- gatech-thesis-patch.sty - a patch framework for onthefly updates (empty)
- gatech-thesis-losa.sty - add-on style for generating a list of symbols
- gatech-thesis-losa.bst - list of symbols format
- gatech-thesis-gloss.sty - add-on style for generating a glossary
- gatech-thesis-index.sty - add-on style for generating an index
- gatech-thesis-index.ist - index format
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NEWS b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index f9255113ad..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-This file contains a quick bullet list of changes and improvements
-to the gatech-thesis pacakge. For more detail, see the
-CHANGES file, or for the super neurotic, the extremely detailed
-ChangeLog file.
-
-______________ version 1.8 ________________
-NEW FEATURES:
-* The abstract environment now produces a page that meets the UMI
- requirements. It should be placed at the very end of the main .tex
- file. Delete the page (or comment out the environment and recompile)
- when preparing the PDF for submission as an ETD.
-
-CHANGES:
-* Minor changes to Table of Contents format.
-* Bugfix for hyperref and overpic
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.8 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.7 ________________
-NEW FEATURES:
-* Now supports using the word Dissertation on the title page in place
- of Thesis as well as listing the major instead of the department in
- the "[degree] in [major]" portion of the title page.
-
-CHANGES:
-* Minor changes to Table of Contents format, title page formatting, and
- chapter title formating. Significant changes to approval page. New
- command \approveddate{} for the date that should show on the
- approval page as well as two optional arguments to all the commands
- for committee members, allowing the affiliation to be specified.
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.7 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.6 ________________
-NEW FEATURES:
-* Now supports downloadable patchsets. Rather than updating
- then entire distro every time there's a minor bugfix, you
- can simply download a small patchfile and copy it into your
- localtexmf tree.
-
-CHANGES:
-* Fix nits with TOC format, Table and Figure caption format,
- oneandahalfspaced linespacing, and Vita format.
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.6 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.5 ________________
-
-NEW FEATURES:
-* NEW FILE: gatech-thesis-losa.sty (supports making a list
- of symbols).
-* NEW FILE: COMPLIANCE document is a blow-by-blow commentary
- on the OGS Style Manual and how it is implemented by the
- gatech-thesis class.
-CHANGES:
-* gatech-thesis-gloss.sty: Now used to generate a Glossary,
- as distinguished from the List of Symbols.
-* caption labels -- the 'Figure X:' part is now bold, san serif.
-
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.5 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.4 ________________
-
-NEW FEATURES:
-* NEW FILE: gatech-thesis-index.sty (supports making an index). Read
- the comments at the top of the file for HOWTO info.
-* NEW FILE: gatech-thesis-index.ist (used with above)
-* NEW FILE: gatech-thesis-gloss.sty (supports making a glossary -- or
- "list of symbols and abbreviations" in OGS parlance.) Read the
- comments at the top of the file for HOWTO info.
-* NEW FILE: gatech-thesis.bst (style for bibliographies). Based
- on ieeetr.bst, but sorted and smallcapifies author names. Do
- \bibliographystyle{gatech-thesis} instead of {plain} to use.
-* Multivolume Thesis support.
-
-CHANGES:
-* Changed the style of the section, subsection, and subsubsection
- headings
-* Signature page now has two columns if more than 4 signatories
- (per new OGS Guidelines). Also, signature page should not be numbered.
-* Obey new OGS pagenumbering guidelines that require bottom-center.
-* Dedication page: text is automatically centered, per OGS requirements.
-* Table of Contents, List of Figures, List of Tables: new OGS guidelines
- say "single space entries, double space between entries." We obey.
-* Reorganized the examples
-
-BUGFIX:
-* Fixed a bug with \include'ing the final section of the document
-* Technical bugfix with gtthesis pagestyle and sectionless chapters.
- Fortunately, nobody uses that pagestyle for official copies.
-* gatech-thesis.cls now depends on the base package 'calc'
-* Incorporates with permission code from David Carlisle (\@removefromreset)
-* Minor fixups for two-sided printing
-
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ version 1.4 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-______________ version 1.3 ________________
-baseline.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NOTES b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NOTES
deleted file mode 100644
index 639e37a880..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/NOTES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-listings.sty + caption2.sty
- IF you use the 'index=' option in listings.sty for captionless listings,
- but you also have the caption2.sty packag loaded, it breaks.
- Don't do that. Either do without captionless listings, or don't use
- the caption2.sty package. This has been reported to the listings.sty
- maintainer.
-
-hyperref:
- if you have section names or figure captions in your TOC or LOF that
- are longer than a single line, hyperref barfs. Make sure you are using
- the breaklinks option.
-
- Also, you must use the 'hypertexnames=false' option, and the plainpages
- option. Without these, the duplication of pagenums (front matter is
- 1...X in roman, but that still dups the 1...X in the body)
-
-index.sty
- is in the "camel" package in MikTeX
-
-ulem.sty - better underlining behavior. Use the \normalem option.
-
-gatech-thesis-losa.sty - addon for list of symbols. Depends on gloss.sty
-gatech-thesis-gloss.sty - addon for glossaries. Depends on gloss.sty
-gatech-thesis-index.sty - addon for indexes. Depends on index.sty and
- multicol.sty
-
-gloss.sty - improved glossary generation, using bibtex
-index.sty - improved index generation
-multicol.sty - multiple columns on a page, without requiring \newpage.
-
-txfonts is the *way* to go. It seems to be the most hassle free way
-to get Times, with good math support. Forget the times package, mathtime,
-belleek, and mathptmx. Use txfonts.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/README b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 8644cd0ee4..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,744 +0,0 @@
-This is the README file for the GATECH-THESIS class for LaTeX.
-It corresponds to version 1.5 of the GATECH-THESIS class
-(17 August 2002)
-
-Copyright (c) 2002 by Charles S. Wilson. All rights reserved.
-
-GATECH-THESIS may be obtained from any of the following locations:
-
- http://www.grad.gatech.edu/thesis/index.html
- this is where the official version, approved by the Georgia
- Tech Office of Graduate Studies, may be found. Do NOT
- attempt to use the old, out-of-date, LaTeX2.09 style file
- (gtthesis.sty) that is STILL on cyberbuzz.
-
- http://www.neuro.gatech.edu/users/cwilson/gatech-thesis/
- the most recent version, plus archives of all past versions
- will always be here.
-
- http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/gatech-thesis/
- and of course, CTAN.
-
-This class file can be used with the LaTeX typesetting system
-to produce dissertations that adhere to Georgia Tech's guidelines
-for publishing.
-
-There are a number of files within this archive. The important
-ones are
-
- gatech-thesis.cls
- gatech-thesis.bst
- gatech-thesis-gloss.sty
- gatech-thesis-losa.sty
- gatech-thesis-losa.bst
- gatech-thesis-index.sty
- gatech-thesis-index.ist
-
-Everything else is fluff: examples, licensing, documentation...
-
-=============================
-Using the GATECH-THESIS class
-=============================
-
-First, read this file. Then read COMPLIANCE. Then read
-INSTALL. Take a peek a NEWS, and then (maybe) CHANGES.
-Then you can worry about the examples...
-
-Sample File
------------
-
-example-thesis.tex + example-thesis.bib
-
-There is a sample dissertation (by the fictitious, but very
-irritating, Perry H Disdainful) in the file example-thesis.tex. It
-also uses example-thesis.bib as its bibliography database (though
-the contents of the database are not important). Mostly this is
-useful as an example of how to produce the front matter. If you
-don't understand LaTeX at all, this file might help you get started,
-but, since you're going to be writing a 100+ page document, you
-should invest in a copy of the LaTeX manual (by Leslie Lamport, the
-original author of LaTeX). This has recently been updated for
-LaTeX2e (1, below).
-
-The LaTeX Companion, by Goossens, Mittelbach, and Samarin (who have been
-involved in developing and supporting LaTeX2e) is also quite good. It
-gives a lot of useful information if you are going to be writing or
-modifying classes, and gives a lot of additional information on commonly
-available style packages (2, below).
-
-Helpful books (in no particular order):
- (1) "LaTeX: A Document Preparation System" by Leslie Lamport
- (2) "The LaTeX Companion" by Goossens, Mittelbach, and Samarin
- (3) "A Guide to LaTeX" by Helmut Kopka and Patrick Daly
- (4) "LaTeX: Line by Line" by Antoni Diller
- (5) "The LaTeX Graphics Companion"
- (6) "The TeXbook" by Donald Knuth
-
-Larger Sample
--------------
-
-julesverne/basic/*
-
-This is a slightly more complicated, multi-file example. The text
-is taken from the first five chapters of the Project Gutenberg edition
-of Jules Verne's ``20,000 Leagues Under the Sea'' and is freely
-redistributable as long as the complete text, 2000010.txt, accompanies
-the other excerpts. The original document is also available here:
- http://promo.net/pg/
- ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext94/2000010.txt
-This example can be built with either latex (to generate a .dvi file) or
-with pdflatex (to generate a .pdf file).
-
-Gory, all-the-bells-and-whistles example:
-------------
-
-julesverne/bellswhistles/*
-
-This directory contains a reworked version of the jules-verne
-example "thesis". However, all of the bells and whistles
-provided by the gatech-thesis.cls class and associated styles
-are exercised, along with some suggestions for thesis document
-structuring.
-
-Features:
- *) segregating preamble code into a document-specific style
- *) How to easily generate OGS format complant documents
- and prettier, "personal" copies.
- *) Support for using hyperref (clickable links in the TOC,
- when making a .pdf)
- *) Using postscript versions of fonts other than Computer Modern,
- like Times, Courier, etc. See extensive comments in
- jules-verne.sty.
- *) Using the listings package for including program code
- in appendices
- *) Using the add-on style gatech-thesis-gloss.sty for
- generating a glossary
- *) Using the add-on style gatech-thesis-losa.sty for
- generating a "List of Symbols or Abbreviations"
- *) Using the add-on style gatech-thesis-index.sty for
- generating an index. Typically a GT thesis doesn't
- have one of these, but the style is provided just in case.
- *) Demonstrate the multivolume support, for those theses that
- are over 2.5" thick (according to OGS Guidelines).
- *) Using \include instead of \input to incorporate subsidiary
- files into the main document. This lets you use \includeonly
- to speed development of your document.
-
-This example requires some additional work to prepare your LaTeX
-system, before you can compile it. See the local documentation,
-julesverne/bellswhistles/00README.
-
-NOTE: The julesverne directory is not available in the CTAN version of
-gatech-thesis. It can be obtained from the Georgia Tech version at
-http://www.gradadmiss.gatech.edu/thesis.php
-
-Building the Examples
----------------------
-
-To compile the examples, you must first install the gatech-thesis
-files (see the INSTALL document). Also, the bells-and-whistles
-example needs some additional preparation; see its local documentation
-in julesverne/bellswhistels/00README.
-
-However, once you have all of the required items installed, you can
-build the simplest example by executing the following commands:
-
-latex example-thesis.tex
-bibtex example-thesis
-latex example-thesis.tex
-latex example-thesis.tex
-dvips example-thesis
- (generates a postscript file)
-
-To build the other examples, run the DO_* scripts. For instance,
-if you are using a unix or unix-like system, cd to the julesverne/basic
-directory and execute:
-
- ./DO_postscript.sh
-
-to generate a postscript output (or ./DO_pdf.sh to generate a pdf).
-If, on the other hand, you are on a DOS-ish system, the execute
-instead the file
-
- DO_postscript.bat
-
-(or DO_pdf.bat) To understand what the scripts do (especially the
-ones in the julesverne/bellswhistles/ directory) you really ought
-to read thru them...
-
-Choosing the GATECH-THESIS class
---------------------------------
-
-To use the GATECH-THESIS class, make sure that the gatech-thesis.cls
-file is on your TEXINPUTS search path and use the following command
-at the start of your input file:
-
-\documentclass{gatech-thesis}
-
-To insure that gatech-thesis.cls is on your TEXINPUTS search path,
-you can copy it into your localtexmf tree and then update the file
-database; or you can place it into the same directory as your
-thesis .tex files themselves. This is also described in the INSTALL
-document.
-
-=================================
-What the GATECH-THESIS class does
-=================================
-
-The GATECH-THESIS class builds on the the standard LaTeX REPORT class,
-and is accepted for use with Georgia Institute of Technology PhD
-dissertations and Masters theses. The available commands are almost
-identical to those of the REPORT class, so your best starting point
-for documentation is the LaTeX manual written by Leslie Lamport.
-
-The key features of the class are:
-
-1) The primary modification to the REPORT class is the use of
-pseudo-double-spacing, since Georgia Tech's rules are still designed
-for typewriters. This is achieved by increasing the \baselinestretch
-parameter to 1.33. The \baselinestretch is returned to a
-single-spaced value of 1.00 for elements like tables, captions, and
-footnotes and for all displayed text (quote, quotation, and verse
-environments).
-
-2) Margins are 1.5" on left, 1" on top, right and bottom (headers &
-footers 1/4" from body)
-
-3) Use 11 point by default; you can use the 10pt or 12pt options
-
-4) Page numbers are in the center at the bottom of the page
-
-5) Complete, correct front matter for Georgia Tech dissertations can
-be generated.
-
-Options
----------------
-
-There are a number of primary options. However, if called without
-any options, the approved format -- 11pt, letterpaper, oneside,
-doublespaced, normalmargins, final -- will be generated.
-
-
-Any standard option for the LaTeX2e `report' class, including
-`10pt', `11pt', `12pt', `oneside', `twoside', etc. is valid.
-
-`singlespaced', `oneandahalfspaced', or `doublespaced':
- Set the entire document's default line spacing, except for
- notes, which are single-spaced by default.
-
-`spacednotes': Let the line spacing of notes be determined
- by the line spacing of the main document, instead of being
- forced single-spaced.
-
-`normalmargins', `narrowmargins', `widemargins', `extrawidemargins'
- or `oldmargins': normalmargins is the default and Georgia Tech-
- approved format. Oldmargins is the OLD Georgia Tech format.
-
-`draft': Produce a draft copy (10pt font, double-sided,
- double-spaced, normal margins, with the word ``DRAFT'' printed
- at all four corners of every page, and current date printed in
- a running header).
-
-`final': style uses the correct pseudo-double-spacing. This option
- is the default and is redundant, but is included for symmetry.
-
-`hyperref': Indicates that the document will \usepackage{hyperref}.
- This is a kludge, but I didn't want to explicitly *require*
- hyperref, so we must indicate to gatech-thesis.cls whether it should
- define certain hyperref commands as dummies. ALWAYS use this
- option if you use the hyperref package. NEVER use this option if
- you do not also use the hyperref package.
-
-The options are selected on the \documentclass line, e.g.:
-
-\documentclass[10pt,hyperref,draft]{gatech-thesis}
-
-Thus, the default options:
- \documentclass[11pt,letterpaper,oneside,
- doublespaced,normalmargins,final]{gatech-thesis}
-will generate a document that conforms to the graduate studies office
-and is identical to setting no options at all
- \documentclass{gatech-thesis}
-
-Page Headers
-------------
-
-If you want to use page headers or footers other than the default
-ones, you should try using ``fancyheadings.sty''. It is easy to use,
-widely distributed, and well documented. However, the default headers
-and footers are the Georgia Tech-approved ones. There are also
-some interesting variations defined within the gatech-thesis.cls
-itself (tcplain, gtthesis), but those should ONLY be used for personal
-copies, and NOT for your official version. See the
-julesverne/bellswhistles example.
-
-============
-Front matter
-============
-
-The other key service provided by this class is that it generates
-correct front matter (title page, approval page, dedication, etc.) with
-a fairly simple set of commands. The format of the front matter is
-specified quite explicitly in the document ``Manual for Graduate Theses:
-Georgia Institute of Technology'' distributed by Office of Graduate
-Studies.
-
-A complete example of the use of the front matter commands can be
-found in any of the examples distributed with the class
-(example-thesis.tex or julesverne/basic or julesversion/bellswhistles).
-
-Declarations
-------------
-
-To use the front matter macros and environments, you must first
-declare a number of text strings within the preamble of your document
-(that is, these must be declared BEFORE the \begin{document} command.)
-
-\title{...} Dissertation title
-
-\author{...} Your name as registered with Georgia Tech
-
-\department{...} Specify the name of the graduate department.
- \dept{...} synonym
-
-\degree{...} Title of your degree (e.g. ``Doctor of Philosophy'')
-
-\gradyear{...} Year your degree will be granted
-\copyrightyear{...} synonym
-
-Any or all of the \*reader{}, \committeechair, or \principaladvis?r{}
-commands may be ommitted -- but your signature page will look a little
-silly if you don't include SOME names.
-
-\principaladvisor{...} Name of your thesis advisor
-\principaladviser{...} if you prefer advisor spelled with an e)
-
-\committeechair{...} Name of your committee chairperson
-
-\firstreader{...} Name of other committee member
-\secondreader{...} Name of other committee member
-\thirdreader{...} Name of other committee member
-\fourthreader{...} Name of other committee member
-\fifthreader{...} Name of other committee member
-\sixthreader{...} Name of other committee member
-
-\bibfiles{...} List of files to use when generating a bibliography
-
-\submitdate{...} Specify the ``month year'' in which dissertation
- submitted
-
-\linespacing{...} Use this to override the default double-spacing.
- NOT recommended; the default is approved by the
- Graduate Studies Office. For draft/personal copies,
- use the ``draft'' or ``singlespace'' options in your
- documentclass statement, instead.
-\spacing{...} compatibility synonym
-
-Switches
-------------
-
-Also, there are a number of ``true/false'' flags that can be used to
-control the frontmatter generation. However, the defaults will result
-in the approved Georgia Tech format. These flags, if specified, should
-also be in the document preamble (BEFORE the \begin{document} command).
-
-\titlepagetrue or \titlepagefalse
- - produce or don't produce a title page (TRUE by default)
-
-\signaturepagetrue or \signaturepagefalse
- - produce or don't produce a signature page (TRUE by default)
-
-\copyrighttrue or \copyrightfalse
- - place or don't place a copyright notice on the title page
- (FALSE by default)
-
-\figurespagetrue or \figurespagefalse
- - produce or don't produce a List of Figures page (TRUE by default)
-
-\tablespagetrue or \tablespagefalse
- - produce or don't produce a List of Tables page (TRUE by default)
-
-\contentspagetrue or \contentspagefalse
- - produce or don't produce a Table of Contents page
- (TRUE by default)
-
-\bibpagetrue or \bibpagefalse
- - produce or don't produce a Bibliography page (TRUE by default)
-
-\thesisproposaltrue or \thesisproposalfalse
- - indicate ``Thesis Proposal'' or ``Thesis'' on the title page
- (FALSE by default -- e.g. default is to say ``Thesis'')
-
-\dedicationheadingtrue or \dedicationheadingfalse
- - display ``DEDICATION'' heading on the dedication page
- (FALSE by default)
-
-\strictmarginstrue or \strictmarginsfalse
- - if true, then obey the margin rules EVEN on the title and
- signature page. Default TRUE and REQUIRED by Graduate Studies
- Office, but not very appealing. (under ``oldmargins'' an extra
- 50p spacing is added so that the title page looks like the
- chapter headings. In any case, \strictmarginsfalse looks better
- for personal copies but \strictmarginstrue is necessary for
- official ones.
-
-\multivolumetrue or \multivolumefalse
- - if true, indicates that the thesis will span multiple volumes.
- triggers automatic generation of the first volume title page
- (in addition to the ``entire work'' title page), but it''s up
- to you to place the ``part{}'' commands in the appropriate
- locations for volume 2, volume 3, etc.
-
-Frontmatter Environments
-------------------------
-GATECH-THESIS provides a number of specialized environments for the
-various frontmatter sections. Of course, you don't have to use them
-all. The provided environments include
-
- dedication: \begin{dedication}
- text here
- \end{dedication}
-
- preface: \begin{preface}
- text here
- \end{preface}
-
- acknowledgements: \begin{acknowledgements}
- text here
- \end{acknowledgements}
-
- abstract: \begin{abstract}
- text here
- \end{abstract}
-
- summary: \begin{summary}
- text here
- \end{summary}
-
-And if that isn't enough for you, you can add your own:
- \prefacesection{other-title}{...text...}
-Note that these add-a-sections aren't true environments (they do not
-have \begin{} and \end{} statements. So, for a ``forward'' section:
-
- \prefacesection{forward}{text here}
-
-The ``Preliminary'' environment
------------------------------
-
-ALL of these preceeding environments MUST be enclosed within the
-``preliminary'' environment, which ensures that page-numbering is
-handled properly (e.g. no page number on the title page or signature
-page, use lower case roman numerals to number the frontmatter pages,
-reset the page numbers to start with arabic 1). Within this preliminary
-environment, you put the environments and commands for the rest of
-the front matter.
-
-Each environment makes its contents start on a new page. They also
-emblazon the first page with a heading -- all except for the dedication
-environment. For formatting the dedication page, you're on your own.
-After all, the dedication is a kind of poetry and there's no predicting
-the right way to format poetry. Actually, that's not entirely true:
-according to the OGS Guidelines, the dedication material should be
-centered vertically, so your text will be automatically centered. If
-you wish to override this centerring behavior, just redefine the
-dedicationtop and dedicationbottom commands:
- \renewcommand{\dedicationtop}{\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
- \renewcommand{\dedicationbottom{\vspace*{\stretch{3}}
-Will position your dedication at about 1/4 of the way down the page.
-Also, if you *want* an ugly ``DEDICATION'' heading emblazoned in
-bold centered letters at the top of the page, you can use the
-\dedicationheadingtrue switch within the preamble.
-
- \begin{preliminary}
- The other environments go in here, along with
- \contents
- \end{preliminary}
-
-Table of Contents, Figures, and Tables
---------------------------------------
-
-\contents
-
-At the appropriate point within the frontmatter, generate these tables
-by issuing the \contents command. You can modify the look of the Table
-of Contents with the following commands -- which should be executed
-within the \begin{preliminary}...\end{preliminary} environment (see
-below) but before the \contents command.
-
-If you also want a ``List of Symbols or Abbreviations'', you can
-use the gatech-thesis-losa.sty add-on package: in your preamble, just
- \usepackage{gatech-thesis-losa}
- \losafiles{your-symbols-database}
-And then sprinkle references to your symbols or abbreviations
-within your text. Read the header in gatech-thesis-losa.sty itself
-for more information, and see how the julesverne/bellswhistles/
-example does it (and don't forget to read the documenation on the
-`gloss' package, which is used by gatech-thesis-losa.sty). You
-also will need to run `bibtex' on the LOSA database; see the above
-documentation.
-
-If you want a Glossary or ``List of Nomenclature'', you can
-use the gatech-thesis-gloss.sty add-on package: in your preamble, just
- \usepackage{gatech-thesis-gloss}
- \glossfiles{glossary-database}
-And then sprinkle references to your glossary terms
-within your text. Read the header in gatech-thesis-gloss.sty itself
-for more information, and see how the julesverne/bellswhistles/
-example does it (and don't forget to read the documenation on the
-`gloss' package, which is used by gatech-thesis-gloss.sty). You
-also will need to run `bibtex' on the glossary database; see the above
-documentation.
-
-\labelchaptersintableofcontents
- inserts an entry into the TOC that says ``CHAPTERS'' just
- before Chapter 1. Not recommended.
-
-\labelappendicesintableofcontents
- inserts an entry into the TOC that says ``APPENDICES'' just
- before Appendix A. Not recommended.
-
-\setchaptertocdepth
- set the default for how ``deep'' to number within chapters
- in the table of contents. Defaults to subsections.
-
-\setappendixtocdepth
- set the default for how ``deep'' to number within appendices
- (chapter{}'s after the \appendix command} in the table of
- contents. Defaults to Appendices only (no sections or subs)
-
-\settocdepth
- temporarily change how ``deep'' to number in the table of
- contents for current chapter/section. For example, you
- usually include \section{}'s in the TOC (\setchaptertocdepth{1})
- but in chapter 5 you want to include subsection as well:
- \chapter{This is Chapter 5}\settocdepth{2}. In chapter 6 the
- default depth of 1 is reasserted.
-
-You should never need to call \setcounter{tocdepth}{..} directly.
-
-Use the following numbers with the various tocdepth commands above:
- 0 = chapter only
- 1 = chapter + sections
- 2 = chapter, section, subsection
- 3 = chapter, section, subsection, subsubsection
-
-
-==========
-End matter
-==========
-
-Similarly, the end matter components (bibliography, vita, index,
-afterward, etc) MUST be enclosed in a ``postliminary'' environment.
-
-GATECH-THESIS provides a few (okay, one) specialized environments for
-the various endmatter sections, as well.
-
- vita: \begin{vita}
- text here
- \end{vita}
-
-And you want other sections (afterword, index), you can add them:
- \postfacesection{other-title}{...text...}
-Note that these add-a-sections aren't true environments (they do not
-have \begin{} and \end{} statements. So, for a ``afterword'' section:
-
- \postfacesection{afterword}{text here}
-
-Additionally, if you want an index, you can use the add-on style
-gatech-thesis-index.sty. Read the comments in that file, and
-see how the julesverne/bellswhistles/ example does it. Basically,
-you just include the following command in your preamble
- \usepackage{gatech-thesis-index}
-and sprinkle \index commands within your text. Don't forget to
-read the documentation on the `index' package, on which the
-gatech-thesis-index.sty is based. And you'll need to run makeindex
-on the index database -- but that's all explained in the
-documentation and demonstrated by the example.
-
-Bibliography
-------------
-
-Also, within the postliminary environment, you should issue the
- \references
-command in order to generate a bibliography in the Georgia Tech-approved
-format. There are a few tricks to getting the \references command to
-work properly, though:
-
- \bibpagetrue
- \bibfiles{file1,file2,...}
-
-must be set in the preamble. (Actually, since bibpagetrue is the
-default, you don't ACTUALLY need to specify it -- but don't say
-\bibpagefalse and expect \references to work.) Also,
-
- \bibliographystyle{...}
-
-should be specified just after \begin{document}. Yes, it's a bit
-confusing, but see the example files (example-thesis.tex,
-julesverne/basic/jules-verne.tex, or
-julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty) and all will be clear.
-
-The updated GSO Guidelines is no longer very specific about the format
-of bibliographic entries (although the example bibliography IS sorted).
-I know of one thesis that was accepted using the``plain'' bibstyle
-(which generates a sorted [not order-of-reference] bibliography). Then,
-of course, there's the gatech-thesis.bst bibliography format, which
-has been approved by the GSO. So, you'll want to use
-
- \bibliographystyle{gatech-thesis}
-or
- \bibliographystyle{plain}
-
-=========
-Main Body
-=========
-
-See any book on LaTeX's report class for more information, but the
-following deserves special mention:
-
-``\appendix'' is a global mode switch that changes the way ``chapter''
-headings and TOC entries are generated.
- \chapter{last chapter title}
- \appendix
- \chapter{first appendix title}
-Note that you use the ``\chapter'' command to indicate new appendices --
-but only after switching the ``mode'' with the \appendix command.
-
-=====================================================
-Other commands not found in the standard report style
-=====================================================
-
-The GATECH-THESIS class also provides several other helpful environments
-and commands. These include
-
-ignore{...} or comment{...}
- Ignore the part of the file between { and } (can include
- paragraph breaks); useful for commenting out large blocks.
-
-\begin{longquote}...\end{longquote}:
- Single-spaced version of the `quote' environment
-
-\begin{longquotation}...\end{longquotation}:
- Single-spaced version of the `quotation' environment.
-
-\begin{singlespaced}...\end{singlespaced}:
- Format single-spaced paragraphs.
-
-\begin{oneandahalfspaced}...\end{oneandahalfspaced}:
- Format 1 1/2-spaced paragraphs.
-
-\begin{doublespaced}...\end{doublespaced}:
- Format double-spaced paragraphs.
-
-\begin{newspacing}{<n>}...\end{newspacing}:
- Format paragraphs with an interline spacing of `n'.
-
-\clearemptydoublepage, \clearplaindoublepage, \cleargtplaindoublepage:
- Same as \cleardoublepage except that it sets the pagestyle of
- any inserted blank page to `empty' `plain' or `gtplain',
- respectively.
-
-Modifying the look of the document
-----------------------------------
-
-There are also a number of commands that can be used to change the
-look. However, the default ``look'' is the one approved by
-Georgia Tech's Graduate Studies Office, so don't use these
-``look-altering'' commands for your official versions -- only for
-personal copies.
-
-\setbodypagestyle{x}, where x = plain (the default and OGS approved),
- empty, headings, myheadings, gtthesis, or tcplain. Avoid myheadings;
- use the fancyheaders package instead.
-
-\setfrontpagestyle{x} - set pagestyle for frontmatter
-\setbackpagestyle{x} - set pagestyle for endmatter
-
-The Graduate Studies Office approved pagestyle is plain for
-the body, as well frontmatter and endmatter. (However, pages are
-numbered with roman numberals in the frontmatter and automatically
-switch to arabic numbers in the body and endmatter, as required by GSO.
-Don't try to change the pagenumbering style). However:
-
- - `gtthesis' pagestyle adds a running header on each page
- identifying the Chapter (and Section for twopage layouts).
- This is a nice touch IMO for the body and endmatter, but
- use it ONLY for personal copies.
-
- - note that you also need to add \pagestyle{gtthesis}
- if you use \setbodypagestyle{gtthesis}. See the
- julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty for an example of
- how to handle this for unofficial copies.
-
-Chapter headings and the TOC use ROMAN numerals, but the running headers
-at the top of each page use ARABIC numbers for the Chapter number.
-Thus, there are two separate formats that are used.
-
- \thegtchapter is used for ROMAN chapter numbers
- \thechapter is used for ARABIC chapter numbers
-
-If you wish all chapter headings to use ROMAN, then just redefine
-\thechapter in your document:
- \renewcommand{\thechapter}{\thegtchapter}
-Do the reverse if you want all ARABIC chapter numbers:
- \renewcommand{\thegtchapter}{\thechapter}
-
-==================================
-Installing the GATECH-THESIS class
-==================================
-
-See the INSTALL file
-
-===========
-Final Notes
-===========
-
-For more information about the GATECH-THESIS class and its options,
-look inside the class file itself -- it is heavily commented. Also,
-the add-on styles contain helpful comments -- and you should read
-all of the various READMEs and the comments within the ``root''
-example files:
- example-thesis.tex
- julesverne/basic/jules-verne.tex
- julesverne/basic/00README
- julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.tex
- julesverne/bellswhistles/jules-verne.sty
- julesverne/bellswhistles/00README
-Also, it wouldn't hurt to read the NEWS file, the NOTES file, and the
-CHANGES file -- but I'd stay away from the ChangeLog unless you're a
-real glutton for punishment.
-
-And read the COMPLIANCE file -- it is a blow-by-blow commentary
-on the Office of Graduate Studies Style Manual for Theses, and
-how it relates/is implemented by GATECH-THESIS.
-
-Backward Compatibility
-----------------------
-
-There are a number of commands available within gatech-thesis.cls that
-are purely for backward compatibility with the older official
-gt-thesis.sty style file that was previously provided by the Georgia
-Tech Graduate Studies Office. In theory, one could take a disseration
-that previously began:
-
- documentstyle{report}
- \usepackage{gt-thesis.sty}
-
-and replace those two commands with
-
- documentclass{gatech-thesis}
-
-And it should ``just work''(tm). These backwards compatibility commands
-are not recommended for NEW documents, and they are described only in
-the comments inside the gatech-thesis.cls file itself.
-
-=========================================
-MANIFEST -- This archive should contain
-=========================================
-
-See these files:
- MANIFEST
- julesverne/basic/MANIFEST
- julesverne/bellswhistles/MANIFEST
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/TODO b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/TODO
deleted file mode 100644
index d5a7077e3d..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/TODO
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Turn this whole thing into a .dtx file with actual documentation...
-
-Turn NOTES into a USEFUL TIPS...a chapter in 'COMPLIANCE'? I dunno;
-there is an awful lot of docu duplication here. It'd really be nice
-to consolidate it all into a single .tex (==.dvi,.pdf) file...
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.bib
deleted file mode 100644
index 71733b3060..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.bib
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-@BOOK{knuth:tex,
- AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knuth",
- TITLE = "The {\TeX} Book",
- PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
- YEAR = "1984",
- ADDRESS = {Reading, Massachusetts},
- NOTE = {Reprinted as Vol. A of {\it Computers \& Typesetting\/}, 1986}
-}
-
-@BOOK{knuth:pgm,
- AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knuth",
- TITLE = "{\TeX}: The Program",
- PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
- YEAR = "1986",
- VOLUME = {B},
- SERIES = {Computers \& Typesetting},
- ADDRESS = {Reading, Massachusetts}
-}
-
-@TECHREPORT{knuth:web,
- AUTHOR = {Donald E. Knuth},
- TITLE = {The {WEB} System for Structured Documentation, Version 2.3},
- INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
- YEAR = {1983},
- NUMBER = {STAN-CS-83-980},
- ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
- MONTH = Sep
-}
-
-@ARTICLE{knuth:lp,
- AUTHOR = {Donald E. Knuth},
- TITLE = {Literate Programming},
- JOURNAL = {The Computer Journal},
- YEAR = {1984},
- VOLUME = {27},
- NUMBER = {2},
- PAGES = {97--111},
- MONTH = May
-}
-
-@TECHREPORT{knuth:tor,
- AUTHOR = {Donald E. Knuth},
- TITLE = {A Torture Test for {\TeX}, Version 1.3},
- INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
- YEAR = {1984},
- NUMBER = {STAN-CS-84-1027},
- ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
- MONTH = Nov
-}
-
-@ARTICLE{furuta:pctex,
- AUTHOR = "Richard K. Furuta and Pierre A. MacKay",
- TITLE = "Two {\TeX} Implementations for the {IBM PC}",
- JOURNAL = "Dr. Dobb's Journal",
- YEAR = "1985",
- VOLUME = "10",
- NUMBER = "9",
- PAGES = "80--91",
- MONTH = Sep
-}
-
-@TECHREPORT{des:tex,
- AUTHOR = {Jacques D{\'e}sarm{\'e}nien},
- TITLE = {How to Run {\TeX} in French},
- INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
- YEAR = {1984},
- NUMBER = {SATN-CS-1013},
- ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
- MONTH = Aug
-}
-
-@TECHREPORT{samuel:tex,
- AUTHOR = "Arthur L. Samuel",
- TITLE = "First Grade {\TeX}: A Beginner's {\TeX} Manual",
- INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
- YEAR = "1983",
- NUMBER = "SATN-CS-83-985",
- ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
- MONTH = Nov
-}
-
-@BOOK{lamport:latex,
- AUTHOR = {Leslie Lamport},
- TITLE = {{\LaTeX}: A Document Preparation System. User's Guide and
- Reference Manual},
- PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
- YEAR = {1986},
- ADDRESS = {Reading, Massachusetts}
-}
-
-@BOOK{spivak:ams,
- AUTHOR = {Michael D. Spivak},
- TITLE = {The Joy of {\TeX}},
- PUBLISHER = {American Mathematical Society},
- YEAR = {1985}
-}
-
-@MANUAL{patashnik:bibtex,
- TITLE = "Bib{\TeX}ing",
- AUTHOR = "Oren Patashnik",
- ORGANIZATION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
- ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
- MONTH = jan,
- YEAR = "1988",
- NOTE = {Available in the Bib{\TeX} release}
-}
-
-@MANUAL{patashnik:bibhax,
- TITLE = {Designing Bib{\TeX} Styles},
- AUTHOR = {Oren Patashnik},
- ORGANIZATION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
- MONTH = jan,
- YEAR = {1988}
-}
-
-@ARTICLE{fuchs:dvi0,
- AUTHOR = "David Fuchs",
- TITLE = "The Format of {\TeX}'s {DVI} Files Version 1",
- JOURNAL = "TUGboat",
- YEAR = "1981",
- VOLUME = "2",
- NUMBER = "2",
- PAGES = "12--16",
- MONTH = Jul
-}
-
-@ARTICLE{fuchs:dvi,
- AUTHOR = "David Fuchs",
- TITLE = "Device Independent File Format",
- JOURNAL = "TUGboat",
- YEAR = "1982",
- VOLUME = "3",
- NUMBER = "2",
- PAGES = "14--19",
- MONTH = Oct
-}
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index cc94bf9ba6..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c69657591..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/example-thesis.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[12pt]{gatech-thesis}
-\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,latexsym,float,epsfig,subfigure}
-
-%%
-%% This example is adapted from ucthesis.tex, a part of the
-%% UCTHESIS class package...
-%%
-\title{The Elements of Thesis} %% If you want to specify a linebreak
- %% in the thesis title, you MUST use
- %% \protect\\ instead of \\, as \\ is a
- %% fragile command that \MakeUpperCase
- %% will break!
-\author{Perry H. Disdainful}
-\department{School of Industrial and Systems Engineering}
-
-%% Can have up to six readers, plus principaladvisor and
-%% committeechair. All have the form
-%%
-%% \reader{Name}[Department][Institution]
-%%
-%% The second and third arguments are optional, but if you wish to
-%% supply the third, you must supply the second. Department defaults
-%% to the department defined above and Institution defaults to Georgia
-%% Institute of Technology.
-
-\principaladvisor{Professor Alpha Betic}
-\committeechair{Professor Ignatius Arrogant}
-\firstreader{Professor General Reference}[School of Mathematics]
-\secondreader{Professor Ivory Insular}[Department of Computer Science and Operations Research][North Dakota State University]
-\thirdreader{Professor Earl Grey}
-\fourthreader{Professor John Smith}
-\fifthreader{Professor Jane Doe}[Another Department With a Long Name][Another Institution]
-%\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
-\degree{Doctor of Philosophy}
-
-%% Set \listmajortrue below, then uncomment and set this for
-%% interdisciplinary PhD programs so that the title page says
-%% ``[degree] in [major]'' and puts the department at the bottom of
-%% the page, rather than saying ``[degree] in the [department]''
-
-%% \major{Algorithms, Combinatorics, and Optimization}
-
-\copyrightyear{2010}
-\submitdate{August 2010} % Must be the month and year of graduation,
- % not thesis approval! As of 2010, this means
- % this text must be May, August, or December
- % followed by the year.
-
-%% The date the last committee member signs the thesis form. Printed
-%% on the approval page.
-\approveddate{1 July 2010}
-
-\bibfiles{example-thesis}
-
-%% The following are the defaults
-%% \titlepagetrue
-%% \signaturepagetrue
-%% \copyrightfalse
-%% \figurespagetrue
-%% \tablespagetrue
-%% \contentspagetrue
-%% \dedicationheadingfalse
-%% \bibpagetrue
-%% \thesisproposalfalse
-%% \strictmarginstrue
-%% \dissertationfalse
-%% \listmajorfalse
-%% \multivolumefalse
-
-\begin{document}
-\bibliographystyle{gatech-thesis}
-%%
-\begin{preliminary}
-\begin{dedication}
-\null\vfil
-{\large
-\begin{center}
-To myself,\\\vspace{12pt}
-Perry H. Disdainful,\\\vspace{12pt}
-the only person worthy of my company.
-\end{center}}
-\vfil\null
-\end{dedication}
-\begin{preface}
-Theses have elements. Isn't that nice?
-\end{preface}
-\begin{acknowledgements}
-I want to ``thank'' my committee, without whose ridiculous demands, I
-would have graduated so, so, very much faster.
-\end{acknowledgements}
-% print table of contents, figures and tables here.
-\contents
-% if you need a "List of Symbols or Abbreviations" look into
-% gatech-thesis-gloss.sty.
-\begin{summary}
-Why should I provide a summary? Just read the thesis.
-\end{summary}
-\end{preliminary}
-%%
-\chapter{Introduction}
-
-Every dissertation should have an introduction. You might not realize
-it, but the introduction should introduce the concepts, backgrouand,
-and goals of the dissertation.
-
-\section{Concepts}
-
-This is where we talk about the concepts behind the dissertation.
-
-\subsection{Primary Concept}
-
-This is the primary concept.
-
-\subsection{Secondary Concept}
-
-This is the secondary concept.
-
-\subsubsection{Even more secondary}
-
-This is really not all that important.
-
-\begin{table}
-\caption{A table, centered.}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|l|r|}
- \hline
-Title & Author \\
-\hline
-War And Peace & Leo Tolstoy \\
-The Great Gatsby & F. Scott Fitzgerald \\ \hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{table}
-%%
-\chapter{Previous Work}
-
-Some other research was once performed.
-
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{A first figure.}
-\end{figure}
-
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{A second figure.}
-\end{figure}
-%%
-\chapter{Conclusion}
-
-\nocite{*}
-%% We need this since this file doesn't ACTUALLY \cite anything...
-%%
-\appendix
-\chapter{Some Ancillary Stuff}
-
-Ancillary material should be put in appendices, which
-appear just before the bibliography.
-
-\begin{postliminary}
-\references
-\postfacesection{Index}{%
-%% ... generate an index here
-%% look into gatech-thesis-index.sty
-}
-\begin{vita}
-Perry H. Disdainful was born in an insignificant town
-whose only claim to fame is that it produced such a fine
-specimen of a researcher.
-\end{vita}
-\end{postliminary}
-
-\begin{abstract}
- This is the abstract that must be turned in as hard copy to the
- thesis office to meet the UMI requirements. It should \emph{not} be
- included when submitting your ETD. Comment out the abstract
- environment before submitting. It is recommended that you simply
- copy and paste the text you put in the summary environment into this
- environment. The title, your name, the page count, and your
- advisor's name will all be generated automatically.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-gloss.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-gloss.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f7ba1ff3f..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-gloss.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-%% gatech-thesis-gloss.sty - support code for creating glossaries
-%% depends on gloss.sty, so it is not included by default in the
-%% main gatech-thesis.cls (this cuts down on ``extra'' dependencies
-%%
-%% To use this package, all you need do is include
-%% \usepackage{gatech-thesis-gloss}
-%% \glossfiles{<glosary file, sans .bib suffix>}
-%% in your preamble, and the glossary will be automatically generated
-%% and included in the frontmatter. Of course, you need actual
-%% *entries* in the glossary file -- which must end in .bib -- and you
-%% need actual citations to those entries within your bodytext, like this:
-%% \gloss{key}.
-%% Note that \gloss{<key>} typesets the <word> from the <key> entry of
-%% the glossfile within the text, so there''s no need to do this:
-%% (BAD) word\gloss{keyforword}
-%% Read the gloss.sty documentation for more info, but basically
-%% gatech-thesis-gloss.sty makes it simple:
-%% 1. insert the two commands above into your preamble
-%% 2. create a glossfile with your glossary definitions
-%% 3. sprinkle \gloss{} citations in your text
-%% 4. run ``bibtex'' on the <rootfile>.gls.aux file created
-%% after the first ``latex'' run. (But don''t include the
-%% .aux extension. So say ``bibtex <rootfile>.gls'' You
-%% can do this at the same time you run ``bibtex'' for your
-%% references.
-%% 5. run ``latex'' twice more
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{gatech-thesis-gloss}
- [2002/08/08 Glossary support for gatech-thesis.cls]
-\@ifclassloaded{gatech-thesis}{}{
- PackageError{This style can only be used with the gatech-thesis class}
-}
-\RequirePackage[refpages]{gloss}
-
-\newif\ifglossarypage
-\glossarypagetrue% why use this package if you're not going to USE it?
-
-\makegloss
-
-\newcommand{\glossfiles}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@glossfiles{#1}\fi}
-\def\@glossfiles{}
-
-\newcommand{\gtglossname}{}
-\newcommand{\glscontentlinestring}{}
-\newcommand{\glspdfbookmarkstring}{}
-
-\newcommand{\setglossstring}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\gtglossname}{#1}
- \renewcommand{\glossname}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}
- \renewcommand{\glscontentlinestring}{%
- \texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}
- }
- \renewcommand{\glspdfbookmarkstring}{#1}
-}
-% \setglossstring{List of Nomenclature}% ???
-\setglossstring{Glossary}
-
-\renewcommand{\glossheading}[1]{} % don't print subsection headings ("A", "B", ...)
-\renewenvironment{glosslist}
- {\begin{singlespaced}\begin{list}{\relax}{%
- \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{1em}%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{\glosshang}%
- \addtolength{\labelwidth}{-\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{0em}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\glosshang}}}
- {\end{list}\end{singlespaced}}
-
-\renewcommand\gls@section{%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
- \else
- \@restonecolfalse
- \fi
- \chapter*{\glossname}%
- \@mkboth{\scshape\MakeUppercase\glossname}%
- {\scshape\MakeUppercase\glossname}%
-}
-\renewenvironment{thegloss}
- {\gls@section
- \def\+##1+{}%
- \@beginparpenalty\@M}%
- {\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi%
- \stopglosslist}
-
-\renewcommand{\do@glossarypage}{%
- \ifglossarypage
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \settoheight{\gt@tmpa}{A}
- \set@gttocskip{\gt@tmpa}
- {\newlinestretch{1}
- \addvspace{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\glscontentlinestring}
- \printgloss{\@glossfiles}
- }%
- \newpage
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.ist b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.ist
deleted file mode 100644
index 3616b1fcca..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.ist
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-% MakeIndex style file gatech-thesis-index.ist
-heading_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil " % Insert in front of letter
-heading_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n" % Append after letter
-headings_flag 1 % Turn on headings {uppercase}
-delim_0 "\\dotfill "
-delim_1 "\\dotfill "
-delim_2 "\\dotfill "
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 61b9cd9d67..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-index.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-%% gatech-thesis-index.sty - support code for creating an index
-%% depends on index.sty, so it is not included by default in the
-%% main gatech-thesis.cls (this cuts down on ``extra'' dependencies.
-%% It also depends on the multicol package.
-%%
-%% Note that index.sty is included in the ``camel'' package if you
-%% are using MikTeX.
-%%
-%% To use this package, all you need do is include
-%% \usepackage{gatech-thesis-index}
-%% in your preamble, and
-%% \gtindex
-%% just after your vita section, but within the postliminary environment
-%% of your bodytext. The, the index will be automatically
-%% and included in the location specified, and added to the table of
-%% contents. Of course, you need actual index references within your
-%% main text like this:
-%% foo\index{foo}
-%% Read the index.sty documentation for more info, but basically
-%% gatech-thesis-gloss.sty makes it simple:
-%% 1. insert the \usepackage and \gtindex commands into your document
-%% 2. sprinkle \index{} citations in your text
-%% 3. run ``makeindex'' on the <rootfile>.idx file created
-%% after the first ``latex'' run, like this:
-%% makeindex -s gatech-thesis-index.ist <rootfile>.idx
-%% This will create <rootfile>.ind (the gatech-thesis-index.ist
-%% file is a format specification for the index). If you want
-%% to customize the index format, copy gatech-thesis-index.ist to
-%% ``myformat.ist'' and change the copy. Use ``-s myformat.ist''
-%% instead of gatech-thesis-index.ist.
-%% You can run the makeindex command at the same time you run `
-%% `bibtex'' for your references and/or glossary.
-%% 4. run ``latex'' twice more (the same ``twice more'' needed for
-%% bibtex and gatech-thesis-gloss.sty)
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{gatech-thesis-index}
- [2002/08/08 Index support for gatech-thesis.cls]
-\@ifclassloaded{gatech-thesis}{}{
- PackageError{This style can only be used with the gatech-thesis class}
-}
-\RequirePackage{index}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}
-
-\newif\if@proofmode
-\@proofmodefalse
-
-\DeclareOption{proofmode}{%
- \if@draft % This is an internal gatech-thesis variable!
- \@proofmodetrue % this is an internal index.sty variable
- \else
- \PackageWarn{option `proofmode' can't be used in 'final' mode.}
- \@proofmodefalse
- \fi
-}
-\DeclareOption{showidx}{%
- \if@draft % This is an internal gatech-thesis variable!
- \@proofmodetrue % this is an internal index.sty variable
- \else
- \PackageWarn{option `showidx' can't be used in 'final' mode.}
- \@proofmodefalse
- \fi
-}
-\ProcessOptions
-
-\newif\ifindexpage
-\indexpagetrue% why use this package if you're not going to USE it?
-
-\if@proofmode
- \proofmodetrue% pass option to index package
-\else
- \proofmodefalse% ditto
-\fi
-
-\newcommand{\gtindexname}{}
-\newcommand{\idxcontentlinestring}{}
-\newcommand{\idxpdfbookmarkstring}{}
-
-\newcommand{\setindexstring}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\gtindexname}{#1}
- \renewcommand{\indexname}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}
- \renewcommand{\idxcontentlinestring}{%
- \texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}
- }
- \renewcommand{\idxpdfbookmarkstring}{#1}
-}
-\setindexstring{Index}
-% if you want to change the name of the index, do it in the preamble
-% once the document begins, it''s too late.
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \newindex{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-}
-
-\renewenvironment{theindex}{%
- \edef\indexname{\the\@nameuse{idxtitle@\@indextype}}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@restonecolfalse
- \else
- \@restonecoltrue
- \fi
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{\gtindexname}}
- \@mkboth{\scshape\MakeUppercase\indexname}%
- {\scshape\MakeUppercase\indexname}%
- \let\item\@idxitem
- \columnseprule \z@
- \columnsep 35\p@
- \begin{multicols}{2}[%
- \ifx\index@prologue\@empty\else
- \index@prologue
- \bigskip
- \fi]%
- \parindent\z@
- \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
-}{\end{multicols}%
- \if@restonecol
- \onecolumn
- \else
- \clearpage
- \fi
-}
-
-\renewcommand{\do@indexpage}{%
- \ifindexpage
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\idxcontentlinestring}
- \settoheight{\gt@tmpa}{A}
- \set@gttocskip{\gt@tmpa}
- {\newlinestretch{1}
- \printindex
- }%
- \newpage
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\gtindex}{\do@indexpage}
-\newcommand{\bs}{\symbol{'134}}% print backslash
-\newcommand{\gtCom}[1]{\texttt{\bs#1}\index{#1@\texttt{\bs#1}}}
-\newcommand{\gtProg}[1]{\texttt{#1}\index{#1@\texttt{#1} program}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.bst b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.bst
deleted file mode 100644
index 022548eec9..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.bst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-% gatech-thesis-losa.bst: This style is used by the gatech-thesis-losa.sty
-% style to provide support for a 'List of Symbols or Abbreviations'
-% within the context of gatech-thesis.cls. The advantages of
-% creating a separate .bst file are that the formatting of the
-% losa glossary can be different from that of other "real" glossaries
-% which are also based on the gloss.sty package.
-%
-% This file was adapted from the file `glsplain.bst' taken from the
-% gloss package.
-%
-% Original information:
-% ORIG:
-% ORIG: (c) 1998 Jose Luis Diaz, 1999-2002 Jose Luis Diaz and Javier Bezos.
-% ORIG: All Rights Reserved.
-% ORIG:
-% ORIG: This file is part of the gloss distribution release 1.5.2
-% ORIG: --------------------------------------------------------
-% ORIG:
-% ORIG: This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-% ORIG: of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
-% ORIG: archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-% ORIG: version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-% ORIG:
-% ORIG: % History of v0.1
-% ORIG: % ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-% ORIG: % 1997/06/25 (JLDdA) Original version, by Jose Luis Diaz de Arriba (and an
-% ORIG: % unindicted co-conspirator)
-% ORIG: % History of v1.0
-% ORIG: % ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-% ORIG: % 1999/07/29 (JBL) Rewritten in full. Now it warns if a required field is
-% ORIG: % missing, conforms the new gloss.sty syntax, and
-% ORIG: % writes headings for each letter. The heading,
-% ORIG: % short, and group fiels have been added.
-% ORIG: % History of v1.1-1.4
-% ORIG: % ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-% ORIG: % 1999/10/10 (JBL) Lots of changes.
-% ORIG: % History of v.1.5
-% ORIG: % ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-% ORIG: % 2001/08/02 (JBL) Added the sort-short field for compatility
-% ORIG: % with glsshort.bst
-
-STRINGS { last.heading s t star.period}
-
-ENTRY
- { word
- sort-word
- definition
- heading
- group
- short
- sort-short
- }
- {}
- { ucword }
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {has.period}
-{ duplicate$
- add.period$ =
-}
-
-FUNCTION {str.length}
-{ 't :=
- #0
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$
- 't :=
- #1 +
- }
- while$
-}
-
-
-FUNCTION {upper.first}
-{ duplicate$
- #1 text.prefix$
- duplicate$
- "u" change.case$
- 's :=
- str.length
- #1 + entry.max$ substring$
- s swap$ *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {check.required}
-{ 's :=
- duplicate$ empty$
- { "Empty " s * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {push.sortword}
-{ sort-word empty$
- { word field.or.null }
- 'sort-word
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {check.alpha}
-{ duplicate$
- purify$
- empty$
- { "Non alphabetical " cite$ *
- " entry without group field" * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {push.heading}
-{ heading empty$
- { word field.or.null
- #1 text.prefix$
- check.alpha
- }
- 'heading
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.entry}
-{ newline$
- "\begin{losaitem" star.period * write$
- "}{" write$
- cite$ write$
- "}{" write$
- word write$
- "}{" write$
- ucword write$
- "}{" write$
- short field.or.null write$
- "}" write$
- newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {end.entry}
-{ "\end{losaitem" star.period "}" * * write$
- newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {set.vars}
-{ word field.or.null
- "word" check.required
- upper.first
- 'ucword :=
-}
-
-
-FUNCTION {losadef}
-{ definition field.or.null
- "definition" check.required
- duplicate$ has.period
- { "*" }
- { "" }
- if$
- 'star.period := % definition is stored for later writing
- begin.entry % this outputs word, ucword, and short
- write$ % writes definition
- end.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {gd}
-{ definition field.or.null
- "definition" check.required
- duplicate$ has.period
- { "*" }
- { "" }
- if$
- 'star.period := % definition is stored for later
- begin.entry % this outputs word, ucword, and short
- write$ % writes definition
- end.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { losadef }
-
-FUNCTION {presort}
-{ set.vars
- push.sortword
- group empty$
- { purify$ "L" }
- 'group
- if$ % sort-word heading
- swap$ * % heading * sort-word
- "l" change.case$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.thelosa}
-{ "\begin{thelosa}"
- write$
- newline$
- preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {end.thelosa}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thelosa}" write$
- newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {call.entries}
- { group empty$
- 'push.heading
- { heading empty$
- 'skip$
- { "Ignoring heading because there is group field in "
- cite$ *
- warning$
- }
- if$
- group
- }
- if$
- "u" change.case$
- duplicate$
- group empty$
- 'skip$
- { "$$$$$" * }
- if$
- duplicate$
- last.heading =
- { pop$ pop$ }
- { newline$
- 'last.heading :=
- group empty$
- { "\losaheading{" }
- { "\losagroup{" }
- if$
- swap$ * "}" *
- write$
- newline$
- }
- if$
- call.type$
- }
-
-READ
-
-ITERATE {presort}
-
-SORT
-
-EXECUTE {begin.thelosa}
-
-ITERATE {call.entries}
-
-EXECUTE {end.thelosa}
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b6cc1626f..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-losa.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-%% gatech-thesis-losa.sty - support code for creating a 'List of
-%% Symbols or Abbreviations"
-%%
-%% depends on gloss.sty, so it is not included by default in the
-%% main gatech-thesis.cls (this cuts down on ``extra'' dependencies
-%%
-%% To use this package, all you need do is include
-%% \usepackage{gatech-thesis-losa}
-%% \losafiles{<database file, sans .bib suffix>}
-%% in your preamble, and the LOSA will be automatically generated
-%% and included in the frontmatter. Of course, you need actual
-%% *entries* in the glossary file -- which must end in .bib -- and you
-%% need actual citations to those entries within your bodytext, like this:
-%% \losa{key}.
-%% Note that \losa{<key>} typesets the <word> from the <key> entry of
-%% the losafile within the text, so there''s no need to do this:
-%% (BAD) word\losa{key-for-word}
-%% Again, you should read the gloss.sty documentation for more info, but
-%% basically gatech-thesis-losa.sty makes it simple:
-%% 1. insert the two commands above into your preamble
-%% 2. create a database with your glossary definitions
-%% 3. sprinkle \losa{} citations in your text
-%% 4. run ``bibtex'' on the <rootfile>.losa.aux file created
-%% after the first ``latex'' run. (But don''t include the
-%% .aux extension. So say ``bibtex <rootfile>.losa'' You
-%% can do this at the same time you run ``bibtex'' for your
-%% references.
-%% 5. run ``latex'' twice more
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{gatech-thesis-losa}
- [2002/08/08 List of Symbols support for gatech-thesis.cls]
-\@ifclassloaded{gatech-thesis}{}{
- PackageError{This style can only be used with the gatech-thesis class}
-}
-\RequirePackage[refpages]{gloss}
-
-\newif\iflosapage
-\losapagetrue % why use this package if you're not going to USE it?
-
-\newcommand{\losafiles}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@losafiles{#1}\fi}
-\def\@losafiles{}
-
-\newcommand{\losaname}{}
-\newcommand{\gtlosaname}{}
-\newcommand{\losacontentlinestring}{}
-\newcommand{\losapdfbookmarkstring}{}
-
-\newcommand{\setlosastring}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\gtlosaname}{#1}
- \renewcommand{\losaname}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}
- \renewcommand{\losacontentlinestring}{%
- \texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}
- }
- \renewcommand{\losapdfbookmarkstring}{#1}
-}
-\setlosastring{List of Symbols or Abbreviations}
-
-\makegloss
-\newgloss{losa}{.losa}{\losaname}{gatech-thesis-losa}
-\newlength{\losahang}
-\setlength{\losahang}{2cm}
-
-\newcommand\setlosagroup[1]{\@namedef{gls@group@#1}}
-\newcommand{\losaheading}[1]{} % don't print subsection headings ("A", "B", ...)
-\newcommand{\losagroup}[1]{%
- \expandafter\losaheading\csname gls@group@#1\endcsname}
-
-% make the '\losa[otheroptions]{}' command a synonym for
-% '\gloss[losa,otheroptions]{}'
-\newcommand\losa{\protect\losa@gloss@i}
-\def\losa@gloss@i{%
- \@bsphack
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\ =9
- \@ifnextchar[{\losa@gloss@iia}{\losa@gloss@iib[]}}
-\def\losa@gloss@iia[#1]{%
- \endgroup
- \gls@gloss@iii{losa,#1}}
-\def\losa@gloss@iib[#1]{% #1 is empty
- \endgroup
- \gls@gloss@iii{losa}}
-
-% and alternate forms
-\newcommand\Losa[1]{\losa[Word]{#1}}
-\newcommand\onlylosa[1]{\losa[nocite]{#1}}
-
-\newenvironment{losalist}
- {\begin{singlespaced}\begin{list}{\relax}{%
- \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{1em}%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{\losahang}%
- \addtolength{\labelwidth}{-\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{0em}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\losahang}}}
- {\end{list}\end{singlespaced}}
-
-\newenvironment{losaitem}[4]%
- {\ifgls@list
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\gls@thispage % relax if undefined
- \csname glsp@\gls@name::#1\endcsname
- \item[%
- \gls@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\gls@name::#1}\hyper@anchorend}%
- \gls@label{#2}{#3}{#4}]%
- \begingroup
- \let\protect\noexpand
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\gls@cite{\gls@name::#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \xdef\gls@a{\noexpand\begin{\@currenvir}}%
- \endgroup
- \begin{losalist}%
- \gls@listtrue
- \def\stopglosslist{\end{losalist}}%
- \gls@a{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
- \fi
- \ignorespaces}
- {.\@@par}
-
-\expandafter\let\csname losaitem*\endcsname\losaitem
-\expandafter\let\csname endlosaitem*\endcsname\@@par
-
-\newcommand\losa@section{%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
- \else
- \@restonecolfalse
- \fi
- \chapter*{\losaname}%
- \@mkboth{\scshape\MakeUppercase\losaname}%
- {\scshape\MakeUppercase\losaname}%
-}
-\newenvironment{thelosa}
- {\losa@section
- \def\+##1+{}%
- \@beginparpenalty\@M}%
- {\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi%
- \stopglosslist}
-
-\renewcommand{\do@losapage}{%
- \iflosapage
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \settoheight{\gt@tmpa}{A}
- \set@gttocskip{\gt@tmpa}
- {\newlinestretch{1}
- \addvspace{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\losacontentlinestring}
- \printgloss[losa]{\@losafiles}
- }%
- \newpage
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-patch.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-patch.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 3593840f5d..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis-patch.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-\ProvidesFile{gatech-thesis-patch.sty}[2010/07/02 1.8 (Mitchel T. Keller)]
-\gtthesis@checkVersion{1.8}
-{\typeout{^^J%
- ***^^J%
- *** This is a patch for `gatech-thesis.cls' version 1.8, but^^J%
- *** you're using version \gtthesisversion.^^J%
- ***^^J%
- *** Patch file not loaded.^^J%
- ***^^J}%
- \endinput
-}
-\typeout{gatech-thesis-patch loaded}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.bst b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.bst
deleted file mode 100644
index b076cdcfcd..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.bst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1137 +0,0 @@
-% Georgia Tech thesis bibliography style (08-Aug-2002 version)
-% like plain.bst, but:
-%
-% numeric labels, sorted, IEEE abbreviations (vol. not volume,
-% no. not number, authors' first names abbreviated), quotes
-% around article titles, commas separate all fields except after
-% book titles and before "notes". Authors names typeset
-% in small caps, surname first.
-%
-% Based on IEEE Transactions bibliography style (29-Jan-88 version)
-% Differs from ieeetr.bst by:
-% sorted, small cap author names, authors' first names abbreviated
-
-ENTRY
- { address
- author
- booktitle
- chapter
- edition
- editor
- howpublished
- institution
- journal
- key
- month
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- publisher
- school
- series
- title
- type
- volume
- year
- }
- {}
- { label }
-
-INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.quote after.sentence
- after.quoted.block after.block }
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{ #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'mid.sentence :=
- #2 'after.quote :=
- #3 'after.sentence :=
- #4 'after.quoted.block :=
- #5 'after.block :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t }
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{ 's :=
- output.state mid.sentence =
- { ", " * write$ }
- { output.state after.quote =
- { " " * write$ }
- { output.state after.block =
- { add.period$ write$
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- { output.state before.all =
- 'write$
- { output.state after.quoted.block =
- { write$
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- { add.period$ " " * write$ }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- mid.sentence 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
- s
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ 't :=
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{ newline$
- "\bibitem{" write$
- cite$ write$
- "}" write$
- newline$
- ""
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {blank.sep}
-{ after.quote 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{ output.state after.quoted.block =
- 'skip$
- 'add.period$
- if$
- write$
- newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { output.state after.quote =
- { after.quoted.block 'output.state := }
- { after.block 'output.state := }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block =
- 'skip$
- { output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.sentence 'output.state := }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
-{ empty$
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
-{ empty$
- 'skip$
- 'new.sentence
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-%CSW: scapify copied from asm.bst
-FUNCTION {scapify}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- %CSW: surname first, small caps
- %{ s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
- { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ scapify 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- { namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- { numnames #2 >
- { "," * }
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- { " {\em et~al.}" * }
- { " and " * t * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author empty$
- { "" }
- { author format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor empty$
- { "" }
- { editor format.names
- editor num.names$ #1 >
- { ", eds." * }
- { ", ed." * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title empty$
- { "" }
- { "``" title "t" change.case$ * ",''" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title.p}
-{ title empty$
- { "" }
- { "``" title "t" change.case$ * ".''" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{ year empty$
- { month empty$
- { "" }
- { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
- month
- }
- if$
- }
- { month empty$
- 'year
- { month " " * year * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{ title emphasize
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { " " }
- if$
- swap$ * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume empty$
- { "" }
- { "vol.~" volume *
- series empty$
- 'skip$
- { " of " * series emphasize * }
- if$
- "volume and number" number either.or.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
- { number empty$
- { series field.or.null }
- { output.state mid.sentence =
- { "no.~" }
- { "No.~" }
- if$
- number *
- series empty$
- { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
- { " in " * series * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition empty$
- { "" }
- { edition "l" change.case$ "~ed." * }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages empty$
- { "" }
- { pages multi.page.check
- { "pp.~" pages n.dashify * }
- { "p.~" pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.volume}
-{ volume empty$
- { "" }
- { "vol.~" volume * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number}
-{ number empty$
- { "" }
- { "no.~" number * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- 'format.pages
- { type empty$
- { "ch.~" chapter * }
- { type "l" change.case$ chapter tie.or.space.connect }
- if$
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { ", " * format.pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{ booktitle empty$
- { "" }
- { "in " booktitle emphasize *
- editor empty$
- 'skip$
- { " (" * format.editors * ")" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$
- output.state after.block =
- { type "t" change.case$ }
- { type "l" change.case$ }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
-{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
- month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
- and and and and and
- %CSW: plain.bst has the following line, unsrt.bst doesn't...
- key empty$ not and
- { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ type empty$
- { "Tech. Rep." }
- 'type
- if$
- number empty$
- { "l" change.case$ }
- { number tie.or.space.connect }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
-{ publisher empty$
- { "" }
- { address empty$
- { "" }
- { address ": " * }
- if$
- publisher *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.paddress}
-{ address empty$
- { "" }
- { "(" address * ")" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{ key empty$
- { journal empty$
- { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
- warning$
- ""
- }
- { "in {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
- if$
- }
- { "in " key * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
-{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
- editor num.names$ duplicate$
- #2 >
- { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
- { #2 <
- 'skip$
- { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- { " {\em et~al.}" * }
- { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
- "In "
- }
- { "Vol.~" volume *
- " of " *
- }
- if$
- editor empty$
- editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
- or
- { key empty$
- { series empty$
- { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
- crossref * warning$
- "" *
- }
- { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
- if$
- }
- { key * }
- if$
- }
- { format.crossref.editor * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{ editor empty$
- editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
- or
- { key empty$
- { booktitle empty$
- { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
- crossref * warning$
- ""
- }
- { "in {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
- if$
- }
- { "in " key * }
- if$
- }
- { "in " format.crossref.editor * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- blank.sep
- crossref missing$
- { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
- format.volume output
- month empty$
- { format.number output }
- 'skip$
- if$
- format.pages output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
- { format.authors output.nonnull
- crossref missing$
- { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.bvolume output
- new.block
- format.number.series output
- format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
- }
- { new.block
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- title empty$
- { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$
- howpublished new.sentence.checka
- }
- { howpublished empty$ not
- address empty$ month empty$ year empty$ and and
- or
- { format.title.p output.nonnull }
- { format.title output.nonnull }
- if$
- blank.sep
- }
- if$
- howpublished output
- address output
- format.date output
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
- { format.authors output.nonnull
- crossref missing$
- { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.bvolume output
- format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- new.block
- format.number.series output
- format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
- }
- { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- new.block
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- blank.sep
- crossref missing$
- { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
- format.bvolume output
- format.number.series output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- blank.sep
- crossref missing$
- { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
- format.bvolume output
- format.number.series output
- format.paddress output
- format.pages output
- organization output
- publisher output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { organization empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output.nonnull
- address output
- }
- if$
- }
- { format.authors output.nonnull }
- if$
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- author empty$
- { organization empty$
- { address new.block.checka
- address output
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- { organization address new.block.checkb
- organization output
- address output
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date output
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- blank.sep
- "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
- school "school" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- title empty$
- { howpublished new.sentence.checka }
- { howpublished empty$ not
- month empty$ year empty$ and
- or
- { format.title.p output.nonnull }
- { format.title output.nonnull }
- if$
- blank.sep
- }
- if$
- howpublished output
- format.date output
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
- empty.misc.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- new.block
- "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
- school "school" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- editor empty$
- { organization output }
- { format.editors output.nonnull }
- if$
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- format.bvolume output
- format.number.series output
- format.paddress output
- editor empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output }
- if$
- publisher output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- blank.sep
- format.tr.number output.nonnull
- institution "institution" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title.p "title" output.check
- blank.sep
- note "note" output.check
- format.date output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"June"}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"July"}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Communications ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Research and Development"}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Engineering"}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Computers"}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Computer-Aided Design"}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Computer and System Sciences"}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Computing"}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Computer Systems"}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Systems"}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphics"}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Mathematical Software"}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Information Systems"}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Programming Languages and Systems"}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
-
-READ
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% CSW: sorting functions copied from plain.bst
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" change.case$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { nameptr #1 >
- { " " * }
- 'skip$
- if$
- s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
- nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
- { "et al" * }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { organization empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { organization empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.sort
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.organization.sort
- { type$ "manual" =
- 'author.organization.sort
- 'author.sort
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- " "
- *
- year field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null
- sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort}
-
-SORT
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% CSW: end sorting functions copied from plain.bst
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-STRINGS { longest.label }
-
-INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
-{ "" 'longest.label :=
- #1 'number.label :=
- #0 'longest.label.width :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
-{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
- label width$ longest.label.width >
- { label 'longest.label :=
- label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
-
-ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{ preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.cls
deleted file mode 100644
index b429446768..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gatech-thesis/gatech-thesis.cls
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3150 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% GATECH-THESIS.CLS (v1.7)
-%% Copyright (c) 2002 by Charles S. Wilson. All rights reserved.
-%% See licensing information, below.
-%%
-%% Last Update: V1.8 (2 July 2010) by Mitchel T. Keller
-%%
-%% Heritage:
-%% UT-THESIS.CLS (v1.8)
-%% -- by Francois Pitt (1999 Dec 10)
-%% -- as modified by Aichen Low, 2000 Jan 14
-%% GTthesis.sty
-%% -- as adapated from suthesis.sty by Ahmed Gheith
-%% -- and modified by Joonwon Lee, Eilin Tien Lin, Wei Lui
-%% -- and as modified by Kalyan Perumalla, 1999 Nov 18
-%% gt-thesissty.sty
-%% -- by Aichen Low, 2000 Jan 17
-%%
-%% All of these sources were combined to produce a single, unified
-%% class file for Georgia Tech PhD Theses.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\newcommand{\gtthesisversion}{1.8}% current version number
-\newcommand{\gtthesisupdated}{2010/07/02}% date of last change(s)
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%%
-%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-%% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%%
-%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-%% Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-%%
-%% See the COPYING file for license information.
-%%
-%% Note that the files contained within ThesisProposal.tar.gz have
-%% their own licence.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% REVISION HISTORY:
-%%
-%% v1.8: 2010-Jul-02 Mitchel T. Keller
-%% * Change font used in Table of Contents for volumes (parts).
-%% * Add support for abstract page meeting UMI requirements.
-%% * Fix bug that prevented hyperref and overpic packages from
-%% working together properly.
-%% v1.7: 2006-Jan-24 Mitchel T. Keller
-%% * Remove double spacing of thesis title as per July 2005
-%% manual.
-%% * Reduce font size of thesis title, chapter titles, author,
-%% and volume titles.
-%% * Update approval page to comply with electronic submission
-%% requirements (no signature line, all committee members'
-%% affiliations listed, approval date printed on page).
-%% v1.6: 2003-Apr-14 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * caption labels: OGS requires (e.g.) 'Figure 2:' to be in
-%% same font as rest of caption (bold ok, changing font not ok)
-%% * make vita double-spaced
-%% * fixed a bug in Signature page when no Committee Chair. Thanks
-%% Arnaud Cottet for reporting it.
-%% * Changed one-and-a-half spacing to better match the description
-%% in The LaTeX Companion (use 1.25, not 1.33).
-%% v1.5: 2002-Aug-17 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * COMPLIANCE: new documentation
-%% * caption labels: make them prettier
-%% * Change gatech-thesis-gloss.sty to handle real glossaries;
-%% * NEW: gatech-thesis-losa.sty now handles the List of Symbols
-%% v1.4: 2002-Aug-03 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * Better handling of equation, table, and figure numbering
-%% (added David Carlisle's \@removefromreset macro, and use
-%% that instead of the previous kludge.)
-%% * Corrected problem with two-sided printing: the even-numbered
-%% (left hand) page between the end of \preliminary and the
-%% beginning of the first chapter was not printed. This really
-%% messed up duplex printers. FIXED.
-%% * Corrected problem when vita (or whatever the last section
-%% before \end{postliminary}) was \included instead of \inputted.
-%% * Signature page no longer prints empty lines for non-existent
-%% committee members. Also, uses two columns if more than 4
-%% members, per the Graduate Office Guidelines. AND we no longer
-%% print its page number
-%% * Now uses (requires) the calc package, which is part of the
-%% standard latex installation.
-%% * Automatically center the dedication (but see the new functions
-%% \dedicationtop and \dedicationbottom
-%% * Correctly doublespace the title on both titlepage and signaturepage
-%% * page numbering defaults to a centered footer, as per the new
-%% Graduate Office guidelines
-%% * Added proper handling for multiple volumes in a single thesis
-%% * Added support for the add-on styles ``gatech-thesis-gloss.sty''
-%% and ``gatech-thesis-index.sty''.
-%% v1.3: 2002-Jan-13 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * Renamed to gatech-thesis at request of the CTAN folks.
-%% v1.2: 2001-May-01 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * Minor tweaks to conform to latest GSO requirements
-%% v1.1: 2001-Apr-29 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * Fixup to work nicely with pdflatex and hyperref
-%% v1.0: 2001-Jan-24 Charles S. Wilson
-%% * Initial release: merged UT-THESIS.STY with GTthesis.sty
-%% and gt-thesissty.sty.
-%%
-%% KNOWN BUGS:
-%%
-%% - FIXED: (sortof) [On ``dedication'' and ``acknowledgements''
-%% causing an error when they both appear on the same page.]
-%% GT style doesn't allow these to appear on the same page,
-%% so \begin{dedication}...\end{dedication} will ALWAYS
-%% appear on its own page. Ditto acknowledgements.
-%%
-%% - I didn't fix this; GATECH-THESIS.CLS has inherited this bug
-%% from UT-THESIS.CLS: [On missing page headers for float pages.]
-%% ``teTex'' under Linux fails in precisely the same way as does
-%% ``MikTeX'', so there's something clearly wrong somewhere, but
-%% I don't know where. It only fails on odd-numbered pages (if
-%% you remove enough text so that the page floats back to an
-%% even-numbered page, the page header is correct)!
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% The following notice and changelog is included to satisfy the
-%% distribution requirements explained below, but much of it no
-%% longer applies. GATECH-THESIS.CLS has been changed in major ways
-%% from UT-THESIS.CLS...
-%%
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but
-%% OLD: without any warranty (without even the implied warranty of
-%% OLD: fitness for a particular purpose). For a description of this
-%% OLD: file's purpose, and instructions on its use, see below.
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: Feel free to copy and redistribute this file, as long as this
-%% OLD: copyright notice remains intact. You may also modify the file
-%% OLD: to suit your particular needs, as long as you indicate your
-%% OLD: changes below (and inform the original author of your changes:
-%% OLD: he's always curious to know what people think of his work).
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: Send all bugs, questions, comments, suggestions, etc. to the
-%% OLD: author, at <fpitt@cs.utoronto.ca>.
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: KNOWN BUGS: (reported by Robert Bernecky)
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: - [On missing page headers for float pages.]
-%% OLD: ``teTex'' under Linux fails in precisely the same way as does
-%% OLD: ``MikTeX'', so there's something clearly wrong somewhere, but
-%% OLD: I don't know where. It only fails on odd-numbered pages (if
-%% OLD: you remove enough text so that the page floats back to an
-%% OLD: even-numbered page, the page header is correct)!
-%% OLD: - [On ``dedication'' and ``acknowledgements'' causing an error when
-%% OLD: they both appear on the same page.]
-%% OLD: ``teTeX'' and ``MikTeX'' both fail the same way on this one, with
-%% OLD: ``LaTeX error: Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item.
-%% OLD: Adding a \newpage between the two environments ``fixes'' the
-%% OLD: problem. Unsure what causes this, but it could be a bug
-%% OLD: common to all x86 platforms...
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: REVISION HISTORY:
-%% OLD:
-%% OLD: v1.8: 1999/12/10 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Fixed circular definition problem with \currenttextsize
-%% OLD: that caused TeX to run out of input stack memory.
-%% OLD: v1.7: 1999/06/02,1999/05/20,1999/05/13 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Minor change to the format of the date printed on every
-%% OLD: page with the ``draft'' option.
-%% OLD: - Minor cosmetic change to the word ``DRAFT'' printed on the
-%% OLD: corners of every page with the ``draft'' option.
-%% OLD: - Made ``draft'' mode doublespaced by default (it just makes
-%% OLD: more sense for actual drafts; suggested by Eric Joanis).
-%% OLD: - Changed \currenttextsize from a ``\newcommand'' to a ``\let''.
-%% OLD: - Added ``known bugs'' above.
-%% OLD: v1.6: 1999/03/06 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Minor change: replaced ``\ifx\empty#1\else...\fi'' with
-%% OLD: ``\ifx\empty#1\empty\else...\fi'' (the former works only
-%% OLD: by accident while the latter is logically correct).
-%% OLD: v1.5: 1999/02/17 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Fixed missing page numbers and headers by removing
-%% OLD: redefinition of \cleardoublepage (reported by Robert
-%% OLD: Bernecky 1999/02/04 and Nedialko Nedialkov 1999/02/12).
-%% OLD: - Added \clearemptydoublepage and \clearplaindoublepage
-%% OLD: commands.
-%% OLD: - Removed redefinitions of \tableofcontents, \listoftables,
-%% OLD: and \listoffigures because they already call \clearpage
-%% OLD: or \cleardoublepage by default.
-%% OLD: - Removed ``\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}'' from the page layout
-%% OLD: section (moved to ``ut-thesis.tex'' where it belongs).
-%% OLD: - Added \ignore command to comment out parts of a file.
-%% OLD: - Put version macros at the top of the file.
-%% OLD: - Changed order of revision comments.
-%% OLD: v1.4: 1998/11/05 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Fixed ``abstract'' environment so that it is really put on a
-%% OLD: separate page, and changed ``\newpage\endgroup'' at the end
-%% OLD: to ``\par\endgroup\newpage'', which is more logical.
-%% OLD: - Changed ``acknowledgements'' environment so that it is *not*
-%% OLD: put on a separate page, allowing users to add other text
-%% OLD: on that page (e.g., ``dedication'' described next).
-%% OLD: - Added ``dedication'' environment based on ``acknowledgements''
-%% OLD: (suggested by Robert Bernecky 98/11/04).
-%% OLD: - Changed page layout so that it is defined in terms of the
-%% OLD: physical page size instead of being hard-coded for letter
-%% OLD: paper (8.5" x 11").
-%% OLD: v1.3: 1998/11/01 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Fixed ``thebibliography'' so page headers are generated in
-%% OLD: the same style as for the rest of the thesis.
-%% OLD: - Swapped \endgroup and \newpage in definition of ``abstract''
-%% OLD: and ``acknowledgements'' environments, to fix problem with
-%% OLD: adjusted line spacing in ``abstract''.
-%% OLD: - Renamed ``\currentsize'' to ``\currenttextsize''.
-%% OLD: - Added \cleardoublepage at the end of preliminary sections,
-%% OLD: so that page 1 of main text is on right-hand side.
-%% OLD: v1.2: 1998/10/20 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Changed ``spacenotes'' option to ``spacednotes'' to have more
-%% OLD: consistently named options.
-%% OLD: - Fixed spacing between main text and footnotes.
-%% OLD: - Fixed ``singlespaced'' environment, which didn't seem to
-%% OLD: work at all (reported by Nedialko Nedialkov 98/10/12):
-%% OLD: Actually, created a ``newspacing'' environment, which takes
-%% OLD: a parameter, and based ``singlespaced'', ``oneandahalfspaced'',
-%% OLD: and ``doublespaced'' environments on ``newspacing''.
-%% OLD: v1.1: 1998/10/01 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Fixed bug that caused footnotes to make following tables
-%% OLD: single-spaced (reported by Philip Edmonds 98/09/30).
-%% OLD: - Made spacing of marginal notes and footnotes the same.
-%% OLD: - Added option to control line spacing of notes.
-%% OLD: - Added options to control the size of margins.
-%% OLD: - Changed names of temporary macros used in redefinitions
-%% OLD: to avoid conflicts with existing names.
-%% OLD: v1.0: 1998/09/29 (Francois Pitt)
-%% OLD: - Initial version.
-%% OLD:
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% LaTeX2e class file for formatting documents according to the
-%% Graduate Studies' guidelines for theses at the Georgia Institute
-%% of Technology.
-%%
-%% USAGE: \documentclass{gatech-thesis}
-%% \documentclass[...options...]{gatech-thesis}
-%%
-%% The default settings produce a final copy, ready for submission
-%% (11pt font, single-sided, double-spaced, normal margins,
-%% with single-spaced notes).
-%%
-%% OPTIONS:
-%%
-%% - Any standard option for the LaTeX2e ``report'' class, including
-%% ``10pt'', ``11pt'', ``12pt'', ``oneside'', ``twoside'', etc.
-%%
-%% - ``singlespaced'', ``oneandahalfspaced'', or ``doublespaced'': Set
-%% the entire document's default line spacing, except for notes,
-%% which are single-spaced by default.
-%%
-%% - ``spacednotes'': Let the line spacing of notes be determined
-%% by the line spacing of the main document, instead of being
-%% forced single-spaced.
-%%
-%% - ``narrowmargins'', ``normalmargins'', ``widemargins'',
-%% ``extrawidemargins'' or ``oldmargins'': Set the size of
-%% the margins, as follows:
-%% . ``normal'': 1 1/2" on left, 1" on top, right and bottom
-%% headers & footers 1/4" from body;
-%% - This is the Georgia Tech standard
-%% . ``narrow'': 1 1/4" on the left, 3/4" on all other sides,
-%% headers & footers 1/4" from body;
-%% . ``wide'': 1 1/4" on all sides, headers & footers 3/4" from
-%% body;
-%% . ``extrawide'': 1 1/2" on all sides, headers & footers 3/4"
-%% from body.
-%% . ``oldmargins'': 1 1/2" on left and top, 1" on right and bottom
-%% headers & footers 1/2 from body;
-%% adds 2"" extra space from top of page, on the first
-%% page of a chapter or appendix.
-%% - This is the OLD Georgia Tech standard
-%% (If you have more than just a few marginal notes, it is
-%% recommended that you use ``wide'' or ``extrawide'' margins.)
-%% Use ``normalmargins'' (the default) for the approved GT format.
-%%
-%% - ``draft'': Produce a draft copy (10pt font, double-sided,
-%% double-spaced, normal margins, with the word "DRAFT" printed
-%% at all four corners of every page, and current date printed in
-%% a running footer).
-%%
-%% - ``hyperref'': Indicates that the document will \usepackage{hyperref}.
-%% This is a kludge, but I didn't want to explicitly *require*
-%% hyperref, so we must indicate to gatech-thesis.cls whether it should
-%% define certain hyperref commands as dummies. ALWAYS use this
-%% option if you use the hyperref package. NEVER use this option if
-%% you do not also use the hyperref package.
-%%
-%% Note that these options can be used to override the default or
-%% draft document settings, so that it is possible, for example,
-%% to create a double-sided final copy, or a 1 1/2-spaced draft
-%% copy with wide margins, etc. Also note that when producing
-%% double-sided documents, new chapters and preliminary sections
-%% will always start on a right-hand page under the default
-%% settings (inserting a blank page if needed), but not if the
-%% ``draft'' option was used. (This can be overriden by using the
-%% ``openany'' or ``openright'' options. To achieve this effect for
-%% individual sections or chapters, use the \cleardoublepage
-%% command.) Note that the blank page inserted in these cases will
-%% still contain the header and page number that is present on all
-%% pages. For ``empty'' or ``plain'' pages, explicitly use one of the
-%% commands \clearemptydoublepage (totally blank inserted pages),
-%% \clearplaindoublepage (blank except for page number at bottom), or
-%% \cleartcplainfdoublepage (blank except for page number at Top
-%% Corner (hence, TCplain). You can also explicitly use
-%% \cleargtthesisdoublepage (but I don't know why you would, since this
-%% only makes sense if the current pagestyle is already gtthesis, and
-%% if that is the case then you're better off just using \cleardoublepage.
-%%
-%% NEW ENVIRONMENTS and COMMANDS:
-%% in some cases, there will be two commands with identical
-%% effect. These are usually because one is needed to maintain
-%% compatibility with documents that expect the old macros from
-%% GTthesis.sty.
-%%
-%% * \title{...}: (preamble only; REQUIRED)
-%%
-%% * \author{...}: (preamble only; REQUIRED)
-%% Specify the name of the author.
-%%
-%% * \department{...}: (preamble only; REQUIRED)
-%% * \dept{...}: compatibility synonym
-%% Specify the name of the graduate department.
-%%
-%% * \major{...}: (preamble only; REQUIRED if \listmajortrue is set)
-%%
-%% * \degree{...}: (preamble only; REQUIRED)
-%% Specify the name of the degree (e.g., "Doctor of Philosophy").
-%%
-%% * \gradyear{...}: (preamble only; REQUIRED)
-%% * \copyrightyear{...}: compatibility synonym
-%% Specify the year of graduation (defaults to current year).
-%%
-%% * \principaladvisor{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%% (or \principaladviser{...}, if you prefer advisor spelled with an e)
-%%
-%% * \committeechair{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%%
-%% * \firstreader{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%% * \secondreader{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%% * \thirdreader{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%% * \fourthreader{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%% * \fifthreader{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%% * \sixthreader{...}: (preamble only; OPTIONAL)
-%%
-%% * \submitdate{month year in which submitted}
-%% date is LaTeX'd if not specified
-%% * \approveddate{month, day, and year on which the last committee
-%% member signs the thesis form} (preamble only; REQUIRED)
-%%
-%% * \titlepagetrue or \titlepagefalse
-%% - produce or don't produce a title page (TRUE by default)
-%%
-%% * \signaturepagetrue or \signaturepagefalse
-%% - produce or don't produce a signature page (TRUE by default)
-%%
-%% * \copyrighttrue or \copyrightfalse
-%% - place or don't place a copyright notice on the title page (FALSE by default)
-%%
-%% * \figurespagetrue or \figurespagefalse
-%% - produce or don't produce a List of Figures page (TRUE by default)
-%%
-%% * \tablespagetrue or \tablespagefalse
-%% - produce or don't produce a List of Tables page (TRUE by default)
-%%
-%% * \contentspagetrue or \contentspagefalse
-%% - produce or don't produce a Table of Contents page (TRUE by default)
-%%
-%% * \bibpagetrue or \bibpagefalse
-%% - produce or don't produce a Bibliography page (TRUE by default)
-%%
-%% * \thesisproposaltrue or \thesisproposalfalse
-%% - indicate "Thesis Proposal" or "Thesis" on the title page (FALSE by default)
-%%
-%% * \dedicationheadingtrue or \dedicationheadingfalse
-%% - display ``DEDICATION'' heading on the dedication page (FALSE by default)
-%%
-%% * \dedicationtop and \dedicationbottom
-%% - The Graduate Office Guidelines say that the dedication should be centered
-%% on the page. By default, this is done -- but IMO it looks ugly. The
-%% vertical spacing above and below your text is proided by these two
-%% macros; redefined them if you want to do something different. E.g.
-%% this looks nice:
-%% \renewcommand{\dedicationtop}{\vspace*{\stretch{1}}
-%% \renewcommand{\dedicationbottom{\vspace*{\stretch{3}}
-%% which places the dedication about 1/4 of the way down the page.
-%%
-%% * \strictmarginstrue or \strictmarginsfalse
-%% - if true, then obey the margin rules EVEN on the title and signature
-%% page. Default TRUE and REQUIRED by Graduate Studies Office, but
-%% not very appealing. (under ``oldmargins'' an extra 50p spacing is
-%% added so that the title page looks like the chapter headings
-%% In any case, \strictmarginsfalse looks better for personal copies
-%% but \strictmarginstrue is necessary for official ones.
-%%
-%% * \multivolumetrue or \multivolumefalse
-%% - if true, indicates that the thesis will span multiple volumes.
-%% triggers automatic generation of the first volume title page
-%% (in addition to the ``entire work'' title page), but it's up
-%% to you to place the ``part{}'' commands in the appropriate
-%% locations for volume 2, volume 3, etc.
-%%
-%% * \listmajortrue or \listmajorfalse
-%% - If true, puts ``In Partial Fulfillment...[degree] in
-%% [major]'' on the title page and then puts the department down
-%% with Georgia Institute of Technology at the bottom of the
-%% page. If false, puts ``In Partial Fulfillment...[degree] in
-%% the [department]'' on the title page.
-%%
-%% * \dissertationtrue or \dissertationfalse
-%% - If true, uses the word ``Dissertation'' on the title page. If
-%% false, uses ``thesis''.
-%%
-%% * \bibfiles{...}
-%% Set the list of bibfiles to use when generating a bibliography
-%%
-%% - \linespacing{...}: (preamble only)
-%% - \spacing{...}: compatibility synonym
-%% Set the interline spacing directly, overriding document
-%% defaults and options; note that in order to get the correct
-%% appearance, the argument to \linespacing must be equal to
-%% 1/3 + 2/3 times the desired line spacing (for example,
-%% single-spaced = \linespacing{1},
-%% 1 1/2-spaced = \linespacing{1.25}, and
-%% double-spaced = \linespacing{1.66}).
-%%
-%% - ignore{...}:
-%% - comment{...}: compatibility synonym
-%% Ignore the part of the file between { and } (can include
-%% paragraph breaks); useful for commenting out large blocks.
-%%
-%% - \clearemptydoublepage, \clearplaindoublepage,
-%% \cleartcplaindoublepage, \cleargtthesisdoublepage
-%% Same as \cleardoublepage except that it sets the pagestyle of
-%% any inserted blank page to ``empty'' ``plain'' ``tcplain'' or
-%% ``gtthesis'' respectively.
-%%
-%% - \begin{preliminary}...\end{preliminary}:
-%% Delimit head matter (title page, abstract, table of contents,
-%% lists of tables and figures, etc.): set the page style and
-%% numbering for the preliminary sections and reset them for the
-%% main document.
-%% + Alternatively, at the appropriate spots call the synonums
-%% \beforepreface and \afterpreface. These ``synonyms'' do
-%% the same setup tasks as \begin{preliminary} and \end{preliminary},
-%% but they don't create an ``environment. The use of these
-%% synonyms is NOT recommended for new documents and are provided
-%% only for backward compatibility.
-%%
-%% - \beforepreface:
-%% Sets pagestyle and generates titlepage (via \maketitle)
-%% and signature page (via \makesignature) if indicated.
-%% DON'T call directly in new documents. Use \begin{preliminary}
-%% instead.
-%%
-%% - \afterpreface:
-%% Sets pagestyle back to normal, restarts page numbering
-%% DON'T call directly in new documents. Use \end{preliminary}
-%% instead.
-%%
-%% - \maketitle:
-%% Generate the title page from the information supplied
-%% in the preamble. Called automatically by \begin{preliminary}
-%% or \beforepreface.
-%%
-%% - \makesignature:
-%% Generate a signature page from information supplied
-%% in the preamble. Called automatically by \begin{preliminary}
-%% or \beforepreface.
-%%
-%% - \begin{dedication}...\end{dedication}:
-%% Generate a dedication section, if needed.
-%%
-%% - \begin{acknowledgements}...\end{acknowledgements}:
-%% Generate an acknowledgements section, if needed.
-%%
-%% - \begin{abstract}...\end{abstract}:
-%% Generate the abstract page.
-%%
-%% - \begin{summary}...\end{summary}:
-%% Generate a summary page (same as abstract, but different
-%% heading)
-%%
-%% - \begin{preface}...\end{preface}:
-%% Generate a preface section, if needed.
-%%
-%% - \prefacesection{other-title}{...text...}
-%% Used to specify frontmatter sections that do not have
-%% custom environments defined for them above.
-%%
-%% - \contents
-%% Prints table of contents, list of figures, and list of
-%% tables as indicated by \contentspagetrue, \figurespagetrue,
-%% and \tablespagetrue
-%%
-%% - Modifying the look of the Table of Contents:
-%%
-%% + \labelchaptersintableofcontents
-%% inserts an entry into the TOC that says ``CHAPTERS'' just
-%% before Chapter 1.
-%%
-%% + \labelappendicesintableofcontents
-%% inserts an entry into the TOC that says ``APPENDICES'' just
-%% before Appendix A.
-%%
-%% + \settocstring
-%% change the name used for the Table of Contents (def: 'Table of Contents')
-%%
-%% + \setlofstring
-%% change the name used for the List of Figures (def: 'List of Figures')
-%%
-%% + \setlotstring
-%% change the name used for the List of Tables (def: 'List of Tables')
-%%
-%% + \setchaptertocdepth
-%% set the default for how ``deep'' to number within chapters
-%% in the table of contents.
-%%
-%% + \setappendixtocdepth
-%% set the default for how ``deep'' to number within appendices
-%% (chapter{}'s after the \appendix command) in the table of
-%% contents
-%%
-%% + \settocdepth
-%% temporarily change how "deep" to number in the table of
-%% contents for current chapter/section. For example, you
-%% usually include \section{}'s in the TOC (\setchaptertocdepth{1})
-%% but in chapter 5 you want to include subsection as well:
-%% \chapter{This is Chapter 5}\settocdepth{2}. In cahapter 6 the
-%% default depth of 1 is reasserted.
-%%
-%% You should never need to call \setcounter{tocdepth}{..} directly.
-%% 0 = chapter only
-%% 1 = chapter + sections
-%% 2 = chapter, section, subsection
-%% 3 = chapter, section, subsection, subsubsection
-%%
-%% OLD recommended structure (GTthesis.sty) for frontmatter:
-%% \begin{document}
-%% \beforepreface
-%% \prefacesection{Dedication}dedication text...
-%% \prefacesection{Preface}preface text...
-%% \prefacesection{Acknowledgements}acknowledgement text...
-%% \contents % print table of contents, figures and tables here.
-%% \prefacesection{Summary}summary text
-%% \afterpreface
-%%
-%% NEW recommended structure for frontmatter:
-%% \begin{document}
-%% \begin{preliminary}
-%% \begin{dedication}...\end{dedication}
-%% \begin{preface}...\end{preface}
-%% \begin{acknowledgements}...\end{acknowledgements}
-%% \contents
-%% \begin{summary}...\end{summary}
-%% \end{preliminary}
-%%
-%% The old method still works, but the new method is preferred
-%% for new documents.
-%%
-%% - \begin{longquote}...\end{longquote}:
-%% Single-spaced version of the ``quote'' environment.
-%%
-%% - \begin{longquotation}...\end{longquotation}:
-%% Single-spaced version of the ``quotation'' environment.
-%%
-%% - \begin{singlespaced}...\end{singlespaced}:
-%% Format single-spaced paragraphs.
-%%
-%% - \begin{oneandahalfspaced}...\end{oneandahalfspaced}:
-%% Format 1 1/2-spaced paragraphs.
-%%
-%% - \begin{doublespaced}...\end{doublespaced}:
-%% Format double-spaced paragraphs.
-%%
-%% - \begin{newspacing}{<n>}...\end{newspacing}:
-%% Format paragraphs with an interline spacing of ``n''.
-%%
-%% (Note that the last four environments can be used to change the
-%% default line spacing of any enclosed text, including figures,
-%% tables, abstract or acknowledgement pages, table of contents,
-%% etc.)
-%%
-%% - \appendix: a global mode switch (just like the report class).
-%% changes the way ``chapter'' headings and TOC entries are
-%% generated.
-%% \chapter{last chapter titled}...
-%% \appendix
-%% \chapter{first appendix title}...
-%%
-%% - \begin{postliminary}...\end{postliminary}:
-%% Delimit end matter (bibliography, vita, etc).
-%% + Alternatively, call the synonyms
-%% \beforepostface and \afterpostface instead. These
-%% synonyms are provided for backward compatibility with
-%% GTthesis.sty; their use is not recommended for new documents.
-%%
-%% - \beforepostface:
-%% Not recommended for new documents. Use \begin{postliminary}
-%% instead
-%%
-%% - \afterpreface:
-%% Not recommended for new documents. Use \end{postliminary}
-%% instead
-%%
-%% - \begin{vita}...\end{vita}:
-%% Generate a vita page
-%%
-%% - \references:
-%% Generate bibliography if indicated by bibliographytrue
-%% NOTE: you must set \bibpagetrue AND \bibfiles{file1,file2,...}
-%% in the preample, AND you must set \bibliographystyle{...} just
-%% after \begin{document}. Otherwise \references won't work.
-%%
-%% - \postfacesection{other-title}{...text...}
-%% Used to specify endsections that do not have
-%% custom environments defined for them above.
-%%
-%% OLD recommended structure (GTthesis.sty) for endmatter:
-%% \beforepostface
-%% \postfacesection{Vita}vita text...
-%% \afterpostface
-%%
-%% NEW recommended structure for frontmatter:
-%% \begin{postliminary}
-%% \references
-%% \begin{vita}...\end{vita}
-%% \end{postliminary}
-%%
-%% The old method still works, but the new method is preferred
-%% for new documents.
-%%
-%% - Modifying the look of the document
-%%
-%% + \setbodypagestyle{x}, where x = plain, empty, headings,
-%% myheadings, gtthesis, or tcplain. plain is the default).
-%% + \setfrontpagestyle{x} - set pagestyle for frontmatter
-%% + \setbackpagestyle{x} - set pagestyle for endmatter
-%%
-%% - The Graduate Studies Office approved pagestyle is
-%% plain for the body, as well frontmatter and endmatter
-%% (However, pages are numbered with roman numberals in
-%% the frontmatter and automatically switch to arabic
-%% numbers in the body and endmatter, as required by GSO.
-%% Don't try to change the pagenumbering style). However:
-%% - gtthesis adds a running header on each page identifying
-%% the Chapter (and Section for twopage layouts). This
-%% is a nice touch IMO for the body and endmatter, but
-%% use it ONLY for personal copies.
-%% - note that you also need to add \pagestyle{gtthesis}
-%% if you use \setbodypagestyle{gtthesis}.
-%%
-%% + Chapter headings and the TOC use ROMAN numerals, but
-%% the running headers at the top of each page use ARABIC
-%% numbers for the Chapter number. Thus, there are two
-%% separate formats that are used.
-%%
-%% - \thegtchapter is used for ROMAN chapter numbers
-%% - \thechapter is used for ARABIC chapter numbers
-%%
-%% If you wish all chapter headings to use ROMAN, then just
-%% redefine \thechapter in your document:
-%% \renewcommand{\thechapter}{\thegtchapter}
-%% Do the reverse for all ARABIC chapter numbers:
-%% \renewcommand{\thegtchapter}{\thechapter}
-%%
-%% This archive provides two different examples of use -- the
-%% companion file ``gatech-thesis.tex'' contains a skeleton
-%% illustrating the use of this class. In addition, the jules-verne*
-%% companion files contain a more lengthy, multi-file example.
-%% Finally, a much abbreviated version of gatech-thesis.txt
-%% appears directly below, in this file.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% Example of use:
-%% \documentclass[11pt,twopage,oneandahalfspaced,normalmargins]{gatech-thesis}
-%%
-%% (Then, use the following commands for various thesis elements, as follows)
-%%
-%% \title{How to Write Theses\\
-%% With Two Line Titles}
-%% \author{John Henry Candidate}
-%% \bibfiles{litserch,oodb}
-%% \principaladviser{John Parker}
-%% \committeechair{Jack Sprat}
-%% \firstreader{John Green}
-%% \secondreader{John BigBooty\\(Another Department)}
-%% \thirdreader{...}
-%% \fourthreader{...}
-%% \department{School of Electrical and Computer Engineering}
-%% \degree{Doctor of Philosophy}
-%% \copyrightyear{2001}
-%% \thesisproposalfalse
-%% \contentspagetrue
-%% \figurespagetrue
-%% \tablespagefalse
-%% \bibpagetrue
-%% \titlepagetrue
-%% \dedicationheadingfalse
-%% \signaturepagetrue
-%% \submitdate{January 2001}
-%%
-%% \begin{document}
-%% \bibliographystyle{gatech-thesis}
-%% \begin{preliminary}
-%% \begin{preface}
-%% This thesis tells you all you need to know about...
-%% \end{preface}
-%% \contents % print table of contents, figures and tables here.
-%% \begin{acknowledgements}
-%% I would like to thank...
-%% \end{acknowledgements}
-%% \end{preliminary}
-%% \chapter{Introduction}
-%% ...
-%% \chapter{Conclusions}
-%% ...
-%% \appendix
-%% \chapter{A Long Proof}
-%% ...
-%% \begin{postliminary}
-%% \references
-%% \postfacesection{Index}{%
-%% ... generate an index here
-%% }
-%% \begin{vita}
-%% ... was born in ...
-%% \end{vita}
-%% \end{postliminary}
-%% \end{document}
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% IDENTIFICATION %%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{gatech-thesis}
- [\gtthesisupdated\space\gtthesisversion\space(Mitchel T. Keller)]%
-\RequirePackage{calc}% part of LaTeX tools bundle
-%\RequirePackage{lastpage}
-
-\def\gtthesis@checkVersion#1{\edef\reserved@a{#1}%
- \ifx \gatechthesis@version \reserved@a
- \expandafter\@gobble
- \else
- \expandafter\@firstofone
- \fi}
-\xdef\gatechthesis@version{\gtthesisversion}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% INITIAL CODE %%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%% To comment out parts of a file.
-%
-\newcommand{\ignore}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\comment}[1]{}
-
-%% Switch for testing draft mode (toggled by ``draft'' option).
-%
-\newif\if@draft
-\@draftfalse % initially false by default
-
-%% Switch for testing current page style.
-%
-\newif\if@tcpage
- % no default value (set by \pagestyle)
- % indicates that page numbers are in the upper corners
-
-%% Switch for testing line spacing of notes.
-%
-\newif\if@singlespacednotes
-\@singlespacednotestrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for testing the hyperref option
-%
-\newif\if@hyperref
-\@hyperreffalse % initially false by default
-
-%% Macro for testing the size of margins.
-%
-\newcommand{\@marginsize}{}
-
-%% Because of the draft option, and to allow users to override
-%% defaults, we don't want to be passing conflicting options back to
-%% the report class, so we define our own temporary toggles holding
-%% the most recent setting for each of four basic options: point size,
-%% number of page sides, whether new chapters open on right-hand pages
-%% or on any page, and line spacing. These toggles will be set from
-%% the corresponding options below.
-%
-\newcommand{\@thesisptsz}{}
-\newcommand{\@thesisside}{}
-\newcommand{\@thesisopen}{}
-\newcommand{\@thesislnsp}{}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% OPTION DECLARATION %%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%% ``draft'' option: change default document settings.
-%
-\DeclareOption{draft}{\@drafttrue
- \typeout{Gatech-Thesis Class Option: ``draft''}
- \ExecuteOptions{10pt,twoside,openany,doublespaced,normalmargins}
- \PassOptionsToClass{draft}{report}
- %% Macros for printing "DRAFT" at the corners of a page.
- \newcommand{\tlDRAFT}%
- {\raisebox{ 3ex}[0pt][0pt]{\llap{\sffamily\scriptsize DRAFT\ \ }}}
- \newcommand{\trDRAFT}%
- {\raisebox{ 3ex}[0pt][0pt]{\rlap{\sffamily\scriptsize \ \ DRAFT}}}
- \newcommand{\blDRAFT}%
- {\raisebox{-3ex}[0pt][0pt]{\llap{\sffamily\scriptsize DRAFT\ \ }}}
- \newcommand{\brDRAFT}%
- {\raisebox{-3ex}[0pt][0pt]{\rlap{\sffamily\scriptsize \ \ DRAFT}}}
-}%DeclareOption{draft}
-
-%% ``spacednotes'' option: make notes share the line spacing of the rest
-%% of the document.
-%
-\DeclareOption{spacednotes}{\@singlespacednotesfalse}
-
-%% Margin options: change the size of margins.
-%% choose normalmargins option for Georgia Tech thesis format
-%
-\DeclareOption{narrowmargins}{\renewcommand{\@marginsize}{0}}
-\DeclareOption{normalmargins}{\renewcommand{\@marginsize}{1}}
-\DeclareOption{widemargins}{\renewcommand{\@marginsize}{2}}
-\DeclareOption{extrawidemargins}{\renewcommand{\@marginsize}{3}}
-\DeclareOption{oldmargins}{\renewcommand{\@marginsize}{4}}
-
-%% Point Size options: change current setting.
-%
-\DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand{\@thesisptsz}{10pt}}
-\DeclareOption{11pt}{\renewcommand{\@thesisptsz}{11pt}}
-\DeclareOption{12pt}{\renewcommand{\@thesisptsz}{12pt}}
-
-%% Number of Page Sides options: change current setting.
-%
-\DeclareOption{twoside}{\renewcommand{\@thesisside}{twoside}}
-\DeclareOption{oneside}{\renewcommand{\@thesisside}{oneside}}
-
-%% New Chapter Openings options: change current setting.
-%
-\DeclareOption{openany}{\renewcommand{\@thesisopen}{openany}}
-\DeclareOption{openright}{\renewcommand{\@thesisopen}{openright}}
-
-%% Line Spacing options: change current setting.
-%
-\DeclareOption{singlespaced}{\renewcommand{\@thesislnsp}{1}}
-\DeclareOption{oneandahalfspaced}{\renewcommand{\@thesislnsp}{1.25}}
-\DeclareOption{doublespaced}{\renewcommand{\@thesislnsp}{1.66}}
-
-%% STUPID HACK for hyperref, \@chapter, and \MakeUppercase
-%
-\newcommand{\Makeuppercase}[1]{\MakeUppercase{#1}}
-\DeclareOption{hyperref}{%
- \@hyperreftrue
-% \renewcommand{\Makeuppercase}[1]{%
-% \ifHy@pdfstring#1\else\MakeUppercase{#1}\fi}
-}
-
-%% All other options are passed to the base class directly.
-%
-\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{report}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% OPTION EXECUTION %%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%% Default settings.
-%
-\ExecuteOptions{11pt,letterpaper,oneside,%
-openright,doublespaced,normalmargins,final}
-%
-%% Process options.
-%
-\ProcessOptions
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% PACKAGE LOADING %%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-%% Load base class using current setting for basic options.
-%
-\LoadClass[\@thesisptsz,\@thesisside,\@thesisopen]{report}
-
-
-%% From lastpage package. Used to generate abstract.
-%% Lastpage is written by Jeff Goldberg (J.Goldberg@Cranfield.ac.uk)
-%% It is relased under the GPL (version 2)
-
-\def\lastpage@putlabel{\addtocounter{page}{-1}%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string
- \newlabel{LastPage}{{}{\thepage}{}{}{}}}%
- \addtocounter{page}{1}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%% MAIN CODE %%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\if@hyperref
-\else
- \newcommand{\phantomsection}{}% helps with hyperref. \phantomsection
-% is provided by pdflatex, but not latex.
- \newcommand{\texorpdfstring}[2]{#1}%
- \def\pdfbookmark[#1]#2#3{}%
-\fi
-
-%%%%%% Line Spacing
-%
-%% \linespacing is used to define the default line spacing.
-%% for the entire document. If the argument is less than
-%% 1.25 (for 1.5-spaced) a warning message is displayed
-%% when not in draft mode.
-%%
-%% Don't use this command for temporary, localized changes.
-%% Instead, use the ``spacing environments'':
-%% \begin{singlespace} ...\end{singlespaced}
-%% \begin{oneandahalfspaced}...\end{oneandahalfspaced}
-%% \begin{doublespaed} ...\end{doublespaced}
-%% \begin{longquote} ...\end{longquote}
-%% \begin{longquotation} ...\end{longquotation}
-%% \begin{newspacing}{x.xx} ...\end{newspacing}
-%
-\newcommand{\linespacing}[1]{%
- \gdef\@spacing{#1}
- \newlinestretch{#1}\if@draft\else\ifdim #1pt < 1.25pt\typeout
- {Gatech-Thesis Class Warning: line spacing less than 1 1/2}\fi\fi
-}
-%
-%% \spacing is a clone of \linespacing, retained for backwards
-%% compatibility with GTthesis.sty
-%
-\newcommand{\spacing}[1]{%
- \gdef\@spacing{#1}
- \newlinestretch{#1}\if@draft\else\ifdim #1pt < 1.25pt\typeout
- {Gatech-Thesis Class Warning: line spacing less than 1 1/2}\fi\fi
-}
-\def\@spacing{1.66}
-
-%
-%% ``longquote'' and ``longquotation'' produce single-spaced quotes, while
-%% ``newspacing'' encloses paragraphs with a different line spacing,
-%% such as ``singlespaced'', ``oneandahalfspaced'', or ``doublespaced''.
-%
-\newenvironment{longquote}%
- {\begin{quote}\newlinestretch{1}}{\end{quote}}
-\newenvironment{longquotation}%
- {\begin{quotation}\newlinestretch{1}}{\end{quotation}}
-\newenvironment{singlespaced}%
- {\begin{newspacing}{1}}{\end{newspacing}}
-\newenvironment{oneandahalfspaced}%
- {\begin{newspacing}{1.25}}{\end{newspacing}}
-\newenvironment{doublespaced}%
- {\begin{newspacing}{1.66}}{\end{newspacing}}
-\newenvironment{newspacing}[1]%
- {\par\begingroup\newlinestretch{#1}}%
- {\par\vskip\parskip\vskip\baselineskip\endgroup
- \vskip-\parskip\vskip-\baselineskip}
-
-%
-%% To change the actual line spacing.
-%
-\newcommand{\newlinestretch}[1]%
- {\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{#1}\currenttextsize}
-
-%
-%% To keep track of the current text size.
-%
-\let\currenttextsize=\normalsize
-%
-%% Redefine size-changing commands to update \currenttextsize.
-%
-\let\tmp@tiny=\tiny
-\renewcommand{\tiny}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@tiny\tmp@tiny}
-\let\tmp@scriptsize=\scriptsize
-\renewcommand{\scriptsize}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@scriptsize\tmp@scriptsize}
-\let\tmp@footnotesize=\footnotesize
-\renewcommand{\footnotesize}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@footnotesize\tmp@footnotesize}
-\let\tmp@small=\small
-\renewcommand{\small}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@small\tmp@small}
-\let\tmp@normalsize=\normalsize
-\renewcommand{\normalsize}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@normalsize\tmp@normalsize}
-\let\tmp@large=\large
-\renewcommand{\large}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@large\tmp@large}
-\let\tmp@Large=\Large
-\renewcommand{\Large}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@Large\tmp@Large}
-\let\tmp@LARGE=\LARGE
-\renewcommand{\LARGE}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@LARGE\tmp@LARGE}
-\let\tmp@huge=\huge
-\renewcommand{\huge}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@huge\tmp@huge}
-\let\tmp@Huge=\Huge
-\renewcommand{\Huge}%
- {\let\currenttextsize=\tmp@Huge\tmp@Huge}
-%
-%% Make notes single-spaced if ``spacednotes'' option was not given.
-%% Note that this does _not_ change the spacing of figures or tables.
-%
-\if@singlespacednotes
-%% Make footnotes single-spaced.
-\let\tmp@@footnotetext=\@footnotetext
-\renewcommand{\@footnotetext}[1]%
- {{\newlinestretch{1}\tmp@@footnotetext{#1}}}
-%% Make footnotes inside a minipage single-spaced.
-\let\tmp@@mpfootnotetext=\@mpfootnotetext
-\renewcommand{\@mpfootnotetext}[1]%
- {{\newlinestretch{1}\tmp@@mpfootnotetext{#1}}}
-%% Make marginal notes single-spaced.
-\let\tmp@@marginparreset=\@marginparreset
-\renewcommand{\@marginparreset}%
- {\newlinestretch{1}\tmp@@marginparreset}
-\fi%@singlespacednotes
-%
-%%%%%% New formatting environments and commands.
-%
-%% \begin{preliminary} sets the pagestyle and pagenumbering
-%% (roman numeral format ) for the preliminary sections;
-%% It also calls \beforepreface to create the title page
-%% and signature page if indicated by \titlepagetrue and/or
-%% \signaturepageture.
-%%
-%% \end{preliminary} resets the pagenumbering. To start page
-%% numbering in arabic format, use \pagestyle{plain} and
-%% \pagenumbering{arabic} after the preliminary environment block
-%
-\newenvironment{preliminary}%
- {
- \newlinestretch{1.0}%
- \pagenumbering{roman}%
- \pagestyle{\front@pagestyle}%
- \iftitlepage%
- \maketitle%
- \fi%
- \ifmultivolume%
- \part{}%
- \fi%
- \ifsignaturepage%
- \makesignature%
- \fi%
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}%
- }%
- {%
- \if@draft%
- \else%
- \if@twoside%
- \if@openright%
- \cleardoublepage%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \newpage%
- \pagenumbering{arabic}%
- \pagestyle{\body@pagestyle}%
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}%
- }%
-
-%%%%%% Front Matter Parameters
-%
-%% The following commands set the respective field values so we
-%% can generate the title page, signature page, and abstract
-%% page automatically
-%
-\renewcommand{\author}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@author{#1}\fi}
-\renewcommand{\title}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@title{#1}\fi}
-
-\newcommand{\degree}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@degree{#1}\fi}
-%
-%% Is this a thesis, or a thesis proposal ?
-%
-\newif\ifthesisproposal
-\thesisproposalfalse % default to thesis, not thesis proposal
-
-%
-%% Is this a thesis or a dissertation?
-%
-\newif\ifdissertation
-\dissertationfalse % default to thesis
-
-%
-%% Do we list the major in the ``Partial Fulfillment'' block or the department?
-%
-\newif\iflistmajor
-\listmajorfalse % default to listing the department
-
-\newcommand{\major}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@major{#1}\fi}
-
-%
-%% \department and \dept are synonymous
-%
-\newcommand{\department}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@department{#1}\gdef\@dept{#1}\fi}
-\newcommand{\dept}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@department{#1}\gdef\@dept{#1}\fi}
-%
-%% date stuff
-%% \gradyear and \copyrightyear are synonymmous
-%
-\newcommand{\gradyear}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@gradyear{#1}\gdef\@copyrightyear{#1}\fi}
-\newcommand{\copyrightyear}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@gradyear{#1}\gdef\@copyrightyear{#1}\fi}
-\newcommand{\submitdate}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@submitdate{#1}\fi}
-\newcommand{\approveddate}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@approveddate{#1}\fi}
-%
-%% use \principaladviser{} or \principaladvisor{}. Choice also
-%% sets the default spelling of ``advisor/adviser''.
-%
-\def\advis@r{Advisor} % default spelling
-
-% Define \principaladvisor{} to take two optional arguments after the
-% name. Thus, the usage is
-% \principaladvisor{Advisor Name}[Advisor Unit][Advisor Institution]
-% Advisor Unit defaults to \@department and Advisor Institution
-% defaults to Georgia Institute of Technology.
-\newcommand{\principaladvisor}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\principaladvisor@i{#1}}{\principaladvisor@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\principaladvisor@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\principaladvisor@ii{#1}[#2]}{\principaladvisor@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\principaladvisor@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\def\@advisorforabstract{#1}%
- \rightappenditem#1\to\@principaladvisor%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@principaladvisor%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@principaladvisor%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Define \principaladviser{} to take two optional arguments after the
-% name. Thus, the usage is
-% \principaladviser{Adviser Name}[Adviser Unit][Adviser Institution]
-% Adviser Unit defaults to \@department and Adviser Institution
-% defaults to Georgia Institute of Technology.
-\newcommand{\principaladviser}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\principaladviser@i{#1}}{\principaladviser@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\principaladviser@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\principaladviser@ii{#1}[#2]}{\principaladviser@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\principaladviser@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\def\@advisorforabstract{#1}%
- \rightappenditem#1\to\@principaladvisor%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@principaladvisor%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@principaladvisor%
- \gdef\advis@r{Adviser}%
- \fi
-}
-
-%
-%% Committee Chair
-%
-% Define \committeechair{} to take two optional arguments after the
-% name. Thus, the usage is
-% \committeechair{Name}[Unit][Institution]
-% Unit defaults to \@department and Institution defaults to Georgia
-% Institute of Technology.
-\newcommand{\committeechair}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\committeechair@i{#1}}{\committeechair@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\committeechair@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\committeechair@ii{#1}[#2]}{\committeechair@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\committeechair@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@committeechair%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@committeechair%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@committeechair%
- \fi
-}
-
-%
-%% readers
-%
-% Define \{first|second|third|fourth|fifth|sixth}reader{} to take two
-% optional arguments after the name. Thus, the usage is
-% \*reader{Reader Name}[Reader Unit][Reader Institution]
-% Reader Unit defaults to \@department and Reader Institution
-% defaults to Georgia Institute of Technology.
-\newcommand{\firstreader}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\firstreader@i{#1}}{\firstreader@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\firstreader@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\firstreader@ii{#1}[#2]}{\firstreader@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\firstreader@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@firstreader%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@firstreader%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@firstreader%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\secondreader}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\secondreader@i{#1}}{\secondreader@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\secondreader@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\secondreader@ii{#1}[#2]}{\secondreader@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\secondreader@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@secondreader%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@secondreader%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@secondreader%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\thirdreader}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\thirdreader@i{#1}}{\thirdreader@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\thirdreader@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\thirdreader@ii{#1}[#2]}{\thirdreader@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\thirdreader@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@thirdreader%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@thirdreader%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@thirdreader%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\fourthreader}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\fourthreader@i{#1}}{\fourthreader@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\fourthreader@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\fourthreader@ii{#1}[#2]}{\fourthreader@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\fourthreader@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@fourthreader%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@fourthreader%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@fourthreader%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\fifthreader}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\fifthreader@i{#1}}{\fifthreader@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\fifthreader@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\fifthreader@ii{#1}[#2]}{\fifthreader@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\fifthreader@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@fifthreader%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@fifthreader%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@fifthreader%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\sixthreader}[1]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\sixthreader@i{#1}}{\sixthreader@i{#1}[\@department]}%]
-}
-\def\sixthreader@i#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\sixthreader@ii{#1}[#2]}{\sixthreader@ii{#1}[#2][Georgia Institute of Technology]}%]
-}
-\def\sixthreader@ii#1[#2][#3]{%
-\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\rightappenditem#1\to\@sixthreader%
- \rightappenditem#2\to\@sixthreader%
- \rightappenditem#3\to\@sixthreader%
- \fi
-}
-
-%
-%% bibliography databases
-%
-\newcommand{\bibfiles}[1]%
- {\ifx\empty#1\empty\else\gdef\@bibfiles{#1}\fi}
-
-%
-%% default values of private functions
-%
-\def\@title{}
-\def\@author{}
-\def\@bibfiles{}
-\def\@principaladvisor{}
-\def\@committeechair{}
-\def\@firstreader{}
-\def\@secondreader{}
-\def\@thirdreader{}
-\def\@fourthreader{}
-\def\@fifthreader{}
-\def\@sixthreader{}
-\def\@submitdate{\ifcase\the\month\or
- January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
- July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
- \space \number\the\year}
-\def\@copyrightyear{\number\the\year}
-\def\@bibfiles{}
-
-%% Switch for printing copyright notice on titlepage
-%
-\newif\ifcopyright
-\copyrightfalse % initially false by default
-
-%% Switch for generating a title page
-%
-\newif\iftitlepage
-\titlepagetrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for generating a signature page
-%
-\newif\ifsignaturepage
-\signaturepagetrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for generating a list of figures
-%
-\newif\iffigurespage
-\figurespagetrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for generating a list of tables
-%
-\newif\iftablespage
-\tablespagetrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for generating a table of contents
-%
-\newif\ifcontentspage
-\contentspagetrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for generating a bibliography
-%
-\newif\ifbibpage
-\bibpagetrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch to indicate whether chapters are \input{}'ed or
-%% \include{}'ed. Not currently used.
-%
-\newif\ifusinginclude
-\usingincludefalse % initially false by default -- document uses \input{}
-
-%% Switch for relaxing the strict margin requirements
-%% on the title page and signature page. Default is to
-%% rigidly adhere to the standard (but that's ugly)
-%
-\newif\ifstrictmargins
-\strictmarginstrue % initially true by default
-
-%% Switch for printing DEDICATION across the top of the dedication page
-%
-\newif\ifdedicationheading
-\dedicationheadingfalse % initially false by default
-
-%% Switch for indicating that the thesis has multiple volumes
-%
-\newif\ifmultivolume
-\multivolumefalse % initially false by default
-
-%%%%%% Front Matter Commands and Environments
-%%
-%% \beforepreface
-%% --- create title, signature page
-%% --- redefined the \maketitle command here, but
-%% don't call it directly. Use \beforepreface.
-%%
-%% \begin{dedication}...\end{dedication}
-%% \begin{preface}...\end{preface}
-%% \begin{acknowledgements}...\end{acknowlegments}
-%% \prefacesection{other-title}
-%% --- followed by section text
-%% \contents
-%% --- prints table of contents, figures, and tables
-%% \begin{abstract}...\end{abstract} or use
-%% \begin{summary}...\end{summary}
-%% \afterpreface
-
-\newcommand{\title@top}{%
-% make sure that linestretch is already set to 1, and all
-% grouping/sectioning commands have already been begun.
- \ifstrictmargins
- \ifnum \@marginsize = 4 % oldmargins
- \vspace*{50\p@}%
- \fi
- \begin{center}%
- {\large\bfseries\MakeUppercase{\expandafter{\@title}}}\\%%%% TITLE FONT SIZE!!!!
- \end{center}%
- \else%
- \begin{center}
-% \vspace*{\stretch{1}}
- \vspace*{1in}
- {\large\bfseries\MakeUppercase{\expandafter{\@title}}}%%%%% TITLE FONT SIZE AGAIN
- \end{center}%
- \fi%
-}
-
-\newcommand{\title@text}{
- \begin{center}
- \ifthesisproposal
- A Thesis Proposal\\
- Presented to\\
- The Academic Faculty\\
- \else
- A \ifdissertation Dissertation\else Thesis\fi\\
- Presented to\\
- The Academic Faculty\\
- \fi
- \ \\
- by\\
- \ \\
- {\@author}\\
- \vspace*{1.1in}
- In Partial Fulfillment \\
- of the Requirements for the Degree \\
- {\@degree} in
- \iflistmajor
- \\ {\@major}\\
- \vfill
- {\@department}\\
- \else
- the\\ {\@department}\\
- \vfill
- \fi
- Georgia Institute of Technology\\
- {\@submitdate}%
- \ifcopyright
- \\ \vspace*{.3in}% one line + 0.3in
- Copyright \copyright\ {\@copyrightyear} by {\@author}
- \fi
- \end{center}
-}
-
-\newcommand{\make@parttitle}[1]{%if argument is present, it's the part title
- \begingroup
- \newlinestretch{1}%
- \phantomsection%
- \title@top
- \ifstrictmargins
- \vspace*{0.5in}
- \begin{center}
- \begin{doublespaced}{\large\bfseries%
- \expandafter{\Makeuppercase{\partname}\space\Makeuppercase{\thepart}}\\
- \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else%
- \expandafter{#1}\\
- \fi%
- }\end{doublespaced}
- \ \\
- by\\
- \ \\
- {\@author}\\
- \end{center}%
- \vfill
- \else%
- \vspace*{0.5in}
- \begin{center}
- \begin{doublespaced}{\Huge\bfseries%
- \expandafter{\Makeuppercase{\partname}\space\Makeuppercase{\thepart}}\\
- \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else%
- \expandafter{#1}\\
- \fi%
- }\end{doublespaced}
- \vspace*{1.35in}
- \ \\
- by\\
- \ \\
- {\Large\bfseries{\@author}}\\
- \end{center}%
- \vfill
- \fi%
- \endgroup%
-}%makeparttitle
-
-\renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
- %\interlinepenalty \@M
- \normalfont
- \begingroup
- \newlinestretch{1}%
- \begin{titlepage}%
- \phantomsection%
- \pdfbookmark[0]{Titlepage}{title}%
- \title@top%
- \ifstrictmargins%
- \vfill
- \title@text% contains a \vfill between \degree and \department
- \else%
- \vfill%\vspace*{1.35in}
- \title@text% contains a \vfill between \degree and \department
- \vspace*{.2in}%
- \fi%
- \setcounter{page}{1}%
- \end{titlepage}% this has a \newpage
- \endgroup%
- \setcounter{page}{2}%
-}%maketitle
-
-
-%
-%% Change \begin{abstract}...\end{abstract} to follow guidelines
-%% and put the abstract on a separate page (checking @openright).
-%
-\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
- \typeout{***************** Abstract ******************}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \addtocounter{page}{-1}
- \phantomsection%
-% \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
-% {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{Abstract}}{Abstract}}
- \thispagestyle{empty}%
- \begin{singlespaced}%
- \begin{center}%
- \@title\\%
- \ \\%
- \@author\\%
- \ \\%
- \pageref{LastPage} Pages\\%
- \ \\%
- Directed by \@advisorforabstract%
- \end{center}%
- \end{singlespaced}%
- \begingroup%
- \hspace*{2.5em}%
- %% Adjust the line spacing: if it was less than 1 1/2,
- %% increase it to 1 1/2; if it was between 1 1/2 and 2,
- %% increase it to 2; otherwise, leave it as is.
- \ifdim \baselinestretch pt < 1.25pt \newlinestretch{1.25}\else%
- \ifdim \baselinestretch pt < 1.66pt \newlinestretch{1.66}\fi\fi%
-}{\par\endgroup}%abstract
-%
-%% \begin{summary}...\end{summary} formats a
-%% summary section (identical to an abstract section,
-%% except that the title is ``SUMMARY'')
-%
-\newenvironment{summary}{%
- \typeout{***************** Summary ******************}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{Summary}}{Summary}}
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{Summary}}
- \vskip 0.5in
- \begingroup
- \hspace*{2.5em}
- %% Adjust the line spacing: if it was less than 1 1/2,
- %% increase it to 1 1/2; if it was between 1 1/2 and 2,
- %% increase it to 2; otherwise, leave it as is.
- \ifdim \baselinestretch pt < 1.25pt \newlinestretch{1.25}\else
- \ifdim \baselinestretch pt < 1.66pt \newlinestretch{1.66}\fi\fi
-}{\par\endgroup}%summary
-%
-%% \begin{dedication}...\end{dedication} formats a
-%% dedication section
-%
-\newcommand{\dedicationtop}{\vspace*{\stretch{1}}}
-\newcommand{\dedicationbottom}{\bigskip\bigskip\vspace*{\stretch{1}}}
-\newenvironment{dedication}{%
- \typeout{***************** Dedication ******************}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{Dedication}}{Dedication}}
- \ifdedicationheading
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{Dedication}}
- \else
- \chapter*{}
- \fi
- \vskip 0.5in
- \begingroup
- \begin{itshape}\dedicationtop
-}{\dedicationbottom\end{itshape}\par\endgroup}%dedication
-%
-%% \begin{acknowledgements}...\end{acknowledgements} formats an
-%% acknowledgements section
-%
-\newenvironment{acknowledgements}{%
- \typeout{***************** Acknowledgements ******************}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{Acknowledgements}}{Acknowledgements}}
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{Acknowledgements}}
- \vskip 0.5in
- \begingroup
-}{\par\endgroup}%Acknowledgements
-%
-%% \begin{preface}...\end{preface} formats an
-%% preface section
-%
-\newenvironment{preface}{%
- \typeout{***************** Preface ******************}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{Preface}}{Preface}}
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{Preface}}
- \vskip 0.5in
- \begingroup
-}{\par\endgroup}%preface
-
-%
-%% stuff to generate a signature page
-%
-\newlength{\signature@width}
-\setlength{\signature@width}{3.3in}
-\let\signature@body\signature@bodyonecol
-\newcounter{signatures}
-\newcounter{cnt@Lsig}
-\newcounter{cnt@Rsig}
-\def\R@signatures{}
-\def\L@signatures{}
-
-% Fun stuff from the TeXbook
-\toksdef\ta=0 \toksdef\tb=2 % token list registers for temp use
-\long\def\leftappenditem#1\to#2{\ta={\\{#1}}\tb=\expandafter{#2}%
- \edef#2{\the\ta\the\tb}}
-\long\def\rightappenditem#1\to#2{\ta={\\{#1}}\tb=\expandafter{#2}%
- \edef#2{\the\tb\the\ta}}
-\def\concatenate#1=#2&#3{\ta=\expandafter{#2}\tb=\expandafter{#3}%
- \edef#1{\the\ta\the\tb}}
-\def\GTlop#1\to#2{\expandafter\GTlopoff#1\GTlopoff#1#2}
-\long\def\GTlopoff\\#1#2\GTlopoff#3#4{\def#4{#1}\def#3{#2}}
-
-\newcommand{\dosiglist}[2]{%
- \GTlop#1\to\@@sig \@@sig
- \GTlop#1\to\@@sig \@@sig
- \GTlop#1\to\@@sig \@@sig
- % we know that cnt@Lsig is at least 3, maybe 4. 5 is right out.
- \ifnum \value{#2} = 4
- \GTlop#1\to\@@sig \@@sig
- \fi
-}
-
-\newcommand{\signature}[1]{%
- \ifx\empty#1{}\empty%
- \else%
- \parbox[t]{\signature@width}{%
-% \rule{\signature@width}{.01in}\\
- \GTlop#1\to\signame%
- \GTlop#1\to\sigdept%
- \GTlop#1\to\siginst%
- \parbox[t]{\signature@width}{\begin{raggedright}\signame \hfill\\
- \sigdept\hfill\\
- \emph{\siginst}\end{raggedright}\hfill}\\
- \vspace{12pt}%
- }
- \fi%
-}
-
-\newcommand{\signature@bodyonecol}{%
- \begin{flushright}
- \parbox{\signature@width}{\begin{flushleft}Approved by:\\ \end{flushleft}}\\
-% \vspace*{0.3in}
- \ifx\empty\@committeechair{}\empty%
- \else%
- \signature{\@committeechair}%
- \fi%
- \ifx\empty\@principaladvisor{}\empty%
- \else%
- \signature{\@principaladvisor}%
- \fi%
- \signature\@firstreader
- \signature\@secondreader
- \signature\@thirdreader
- \signature\@fourthreader
- \signature\@fifthreader
- \signature\@sixthreader
- \vspace{.5in}
- %\makebox[\signature@width]{Date Approved by Chairman \hrulefill}\\
- \parbox{\signature@width}{\begin{flushleft}Date Approved: \@approveddate\end{flushleft}}\\
- \end{flushright}
-}
-
-\newcommand{\signature@bodytwocol}{%
- \begin{flushleft}
- Approved by:\\
- \vspace*{12pt}
- \GTlop\L@signatures\to\@@sigLone%
- \GTlop\L@signatures\to\@@sigLtwo%
- \GTlop\L@signatures\to\@@sigLthree%
- \ifnum\value{cnt@Lsig}=4
- \GTlop\L@signatures\to\@@sigLfour
- \else\def\@@sigLfour{}
- \fi
-
- \GTlop\R@signatures\to\@@sigRone%
- \GTlop\R@signatures\to\@@sigRtwo%
- \ifnum\value{cnt@Rsig}=2
- \def\@@sigRthree{Date Approved: \@approveddate}
- \def\@@sigRfour{}
- \fi
- \ifnum\value{cnt@Rsig}=3
- \GTlop\R@signatures\to\@@sigRthree%
- \def\@@sigRfour{Date Approved: \@approveddate}
- \fi
- \ifnum\value{cnt@Rsig}=4
- \GTlop\R@signatures\to\@@sigRthree%
- \GTlop\R@signatures\to\@@sigRfour%
- \fi
-
- \begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}[t]{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}ll}
- \@@sigLone & \@@sigRone\\%
- \@@sigLtwo & \@@sigRtwo\\%
- \@@sigLthree & \@@sigRthree\\%
- \@@sigLfour & \@@sigRfour\\
- \ifnum\value{cnt@Rsig}=4
- \space &%
- Date Approved: \@approveddate
- \fi
- \end{tabular*}
- \end{flushleft}
-}
-
-\def\add@Lsig#1{
- \ifx#1\@empty\relax\else%
- \rightappenditem#1\to\L@signatures
- \addtocounter{cnt@Lsig}{1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\add@Rsig#1{%
- \ifx\@empty#1\relax\else
- \rightappenditem#1\to\R@signatures
- \addtocounter{cnt@Rsig}{1}%
- \fi
-}
-\newcommand{\makesignature}{%
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \pdfbookmark[0]{Signatures}{signatures}%
- % do not addtocontents (although it is in bookmarklist)
- \ifx\@empty\@committeechair\relax\else
- \addtocounter{signatures}{1}%
- \GTlop\@committeechair\to\z%
- \leftappenditem{\z, \mbox{Committee Chair}}\to\@committeechair%
- \add@Lsig{\signature{\@committeechair}}
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\@principaladvisor\relax\else
- \addtocounter{signatures}{1}%
- \GTlop\@principaladvisor\to\a%
- \leftappenditem{\a, \advis@r}\to\@principaladvisor%
- \add@Lsig{\signature{\@principaladvisor}}
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\@firstreader\relax\else
- \addtocounter{signatures}{1}%
- \add@Lsig{\signature\@firstreader}
- \fi
-% The first three will ALWAYS be in the left column, but now we must compute
-% the total number of sigs before doing anything else.
- \ifx\@empty\@secondreader\relax\else\addtocounter{signatures}{1}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@thirdreader\relax\else\addtocounter{signatures}{1}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fourthreader\relax\else\addtocounter{signatures}{1}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fifthreader\relax\else\addtocounter{signatures}{1}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@sixthreader\relax\else\addtocounter{signatures}{1}\fi
- \typeout{SIGNATURES: \arabic{signatures}}
- \ifnum \value{signatures} < 5 % fuggeddaboutit. Only one column
- \let\signature@body\signature@bodyonecol
- \setlength{\signature@width}{0.52\textwidth}
- \else
- \let\signature@body\signature@bodytwocol
- \setlength{\signature@width}{0.46\textwidth}
- \newcounter{halfsig}
- \setcounter{halfsig}{\value{signatures} - (\value{signatures} / 2)}
- \typeout{LEFTCNT: \arabic{cnt@Lsig} HALF: \arabic{halfsig}}
- \ifnum \value{cnt@Lsig} < \value{halfsig}
- \add@Lsig{\signature\@secondreader}
- \ifnum \value{cnt@Lsig} < \value{halfsig}
- \ifx\@empty\@thirdreader\relax\else\add@Lsig{\signature\@thirdreader}\fi % can't ever have more than this in left column
- \ifx\@empty\@fourthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@fourthreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fifthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@fifthreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@sixthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@sixthreader}\fi
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@thirdreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@thirdreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fourthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@fourthreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fifthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@fifthreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@sixthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@sixthreader}\fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@secondreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@secondreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@thirdreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@thirdreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fourthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@fourthreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@fifthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@fifthreader}\fi
- \ifx\@empty\@sixthreader\relax\else\add@Rsig{\signature\@sixthreader}\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \title@top
- \vfill
- \begin{center}
- \signature@body
- \ifstrictmargins\relax\else
- \vspace{.2in}
- \mbox{}
- \fi
- \end{center}
- \thispagestyle{empty}
-}
-%
-%% beforepreface
-%
-\newcommand{\beforepreface}{%
- \newlinestretch{1.0}%
- \pagenumbering{roman}%
- \pagestyle{\front@pagestyle}%
- \iftitlepage%
- \maketitle%
- \fi%
- \ifmultivolume%
- \part{}%
- \fi%
- \ifsignaturepage%
- \makesignature%
- \fi%
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}%
-}
-%
-%% \prefacesection is here for backward compatibility with
-%% the GT-thesis.sty package, and to add preface sections
-%% that are not already defined. For Abstract, Preface,
-%% Dedication, and Acknowlegements sections, use the
-%% appropriate environments: \begin{abstract}...\end{abstract}
-%% etc.
-%
-\newcommand{\prefacesection}[1]{%
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}}
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{#1}}
- \vskip 0.5in
-}
-\newcommand{\afterpreface}{%
- \if@draft%
- \else%
- \if@twoside%
- \if@openright%
- \cleardoublepage%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \newpage%
- \pagenumbering{arabic}%
- \pagestyle{\body@pagestyle}%
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}%
-}
-
-% dummy commands to prevent recursion errors...
-\newcommand{\gtcontentsname}{}
-\newcommand{\toccontentlinestring}{}
-\newcommand{\tocpdfbookmarkstring}{}
-\newcommand{\gtlistfigurename}{}
-\newcommand{\lofcontentlinestring}{}
-\newcommand{\lofpdfbookmarkstring}{}
-\newcommand{\gtlisttablename}{}
-\newcommand{\lotcontentlinestring}{}
-\newcommand{\lotpdfbookmarkstring}{}
-
-\newcommand{\settocstring}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\gtcontentsname}{#1}
- \renewcommand{\contentsname}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}
- \renewcommand{\toccontentlinestring}{%
- \texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}
- }
- \renewcommand{\tocpdfbookmarkstring}{#1}
-}
-\newcommand{\setlofstring}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\gtlistfigurename}{#1}
- \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}
- \renewcommand{\lofcontentlinestring}{%
- \texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}
- }
- \renewcommand{\lofpdfbookmarkstring}{#1}
-}
-\newcommand{\setlotstring}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\gtlisttablename}{#1}
- \renewcommand{\listtablename}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}
- \renewcommand{\lotcontentlinestring}{%
- \texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}
- }
- \renewcommand{\lotpdfbookmarkstring}{#1}
-}
-\settocstring{Table of Contents}
-\setlofstring{List of Figures}
-\setlotstring{List of Tables}
-
-%
-%% All this junk is for handling the spacing in the TOC, LOF, and LOT.
-%
-\newlength{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforepartskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforechapskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforesecskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforesubsecskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforesubsubsecskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforeparaskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforesubparaskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforefigskip@value}
-\newlength{\gt@beforetableskip@value}
-
-\def\set@gttocskip#1{%
- \setlength{\gt@tocentryskip@value}{#1}
- % set base lengths
- \setlength{\gt@beforepartskip@value}{2\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforechapskip@value}{1.5\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforesecskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforesubsecskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforesubsubsecskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforeparaskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforesubparaskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforefigskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- \setlength{\gt@beforetableskip@value}{\gt@tocentryskip@value}
- % add glue
- \addtolength{\gt@beforepartskip@value}{\z@ \@plus\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforechapskip@value}{\z@ \@plus\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforesecskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforesubsecskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforesubsubsecskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforeparaskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforesubparaskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforefigskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
- \addtolength{\gt@beforetableskip@value}{\z@ \@plus.2\p@}
-}
-\set@gttocskip{10pt}
-
-% gobble the pagenumber
-\newcommand*{\l@part@pagenumfont}[1]{}
-% note: we don't do the fancy volume title centering here, because
-% we use {part} for the \labelchaptersintableofcontents stuff. And
-% that is NOT centered.
-\renewcommand*{\l@part}[2]{%
- \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2\relax
- \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
- \addvspace{\gt@beforepartskip@value}%
- \setlength\@tempdima{3em}%
- \begingroup
- \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
- \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- {\leavevmode #1\hfil \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss \l@part@pagenumfont{#2}}}\par
- \nobreak
- \global\@nobreaktrue
- \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}%
- \endgroup
- \fi}
-\newcommand*{\gt@dottedtocline}[5]{%
- \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else
- \addvspace{\gt@@toclineskip}
- {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
- \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \leavevmode
- \@tempdima #3\relax
- \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip
- {#4}\nobreak
- \leaders\hbox{$\m@th
- \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep
- mu$}\hfill
- \nobreak
- \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor #5}%
- \par}%
- \fi}
-\renewcommand*\l@chapter[2]{%
- \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne
- \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
- \addvspace{\gt@beforechapskip@value}%
- \setlength\@tempdima{2em}% was 1.5em, but that's too small. Add 0.5em to all others
- \begingroup
- \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
- \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
- \leavevmode \bfseries
- \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
- \hskip -\leftskip
- #1\nobreak\normalfont\normalcolor
- \leaders\hbox{$\m@th
- \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep
- mu$}\hfill
- \nobreak
- \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss\bfseries #2}
- \par
- \penalty\@highpenalty
- \endgroup
- \fi}
-\renewcommand*\l@section{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforesecskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{1}{2.0em}{2.3em}}
-\renewcommand*\l@subsection{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforesubsecskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{2}{4.3em}{3.2em}}
-\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforesubsubsecskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{3}{7.5em}{4.1em}}
-\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforeparaskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{4}{10.5em}{5em}}
-\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforesubparaskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{5}{12.5em}{6em}}
-\renewcommand*\l@figure{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforefigskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}% this is indented 1.5em so that
- % if you wish, you can a 'Figure' header
- % centered above the numbers using \addtocontents
-\renewcommand*\l@table{%
- \let\gt@@toclineskip=\gt@beforetableskip@value
- \gt@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}% ditto
-
-\newlength{\gt@tmpa}
-\newcommand{\do@figurespage}{%
- \iffigurespage
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\lofcontentlinestring}
- \settoheight{\gt@tmpa}{A}
- \set@gttocskip{\gt@tmpa}
- {\newlinestretch{1}
- \listoffigures
- }
- \newpage
- \fi
-}
-\newcommand{\do@tablespage}{%
- \iftablespage
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\lotcontentlinestring}
- \settoheight{\gt@tmpa}{A}
- \set@gttocskip{\gt@tmpa}
- {\newlinestretch{1}
- \listoftables
- }
- \newpage
- \fi
-}
-\newcommand{\do@contentspage}{%
- \ifcontentspage
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \phantomsection%
- \pdfbookmark[0]{\tocpdfbookmarkstring}{toc}%
- \settoheight{\gt@tmpa}{A}
- \set@gttocskip{\gt@tmpa}
- {\newlinestretch{1}
- \tableofcontents
- }
- \newpage
- \fi
-}
-\newcommand{\do@losapage}{}
-\newcommand{\do@glossarypage}{}
-\newcommand{\do@indexpage}{}
-
-\newcommand{\contents}{%
- \newpage
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}
- \do@contentspage
- \do@tablespage
- \do@figurespage
- \do@losapage
- \do@glossarypage
-}
-
-%%%%%% Main Matter Commands and Environments
-%%
-%% redefine chapter headings style
-%% redefine appendix headings style
-%% redefine section headings style
-%% number figures and tables sequentially throughout, rather
-%% than restarting for each chapter. Ditto equations.
-%% redefine macro for floats (incl. figures and tables)
-%% so that single spacing is used
-%% define a "gtindent" command for paragraph indents:
-%% blank line + six space first line indentation
-%% settocdepth - use this to change how "deep" to number
-%% in the table of contents for different sections; e.g.
-%% subsubsections for chapters, then switch to chapter-only
-%% for appendices.
-
-% This package uses David Carlisle's \@removefromreset command as
-% specified in the remreset package available from CTAN as
-% macros/latex/contrib/supported/carlisle/remreset.sty
-% It is \provided here as a convenience to the user, and with
-% David Carlisle's permission. remreset.sty is licensed under
-% the LPPL; David has explicitly given permission to include
-% it here, under the GPL.
-% START OF DAVID CARLISLE'S CODE
-\newcommand{\@removefromreset}[2]{{%
- \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset
- \def\@elt##1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset
- \else
- \noexpand\@elt{##1}%
- \fi}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{%
- \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}}
-% END OF DAVID CARLISLE'S CODE
-%%%%% See http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=running-nos
-
-%
-%% Figures and tables are to be numbered sequentially throughout the
-%% thesis, rather than within chapters; for style consistency, do
-%% equations the same.
-%
-\@removefromreset{figure}{chapter}
-\@removefromreset{table}{chapter}
-\@removefromreset{equation}{chapter}
-\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
-\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
-\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
-
-%
-%% Redefine the macro used for floats (including figures and tables)
-%% so that single spacing is used.
-%% (Note \def\figure{\@float{figure}set single spacing} doesn't work
-%% because figure has an optional argument)
-%%
-%% This code was copied directly from latex.ltx, but with the
-%% \newlinespacing{} macro added to it.
-%
-\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{%
- \@nodocument
- \def \@captype {#1}%
- \def \@fps {#2}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize \@fps
- \def \reserved@b {!}%
- \ifx \reserved@b \@fps
- \@fpsadddefault
- \else
- \ifx \@fps \@empty
- \@fpsadddefault
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifhmode
- \@bsphack
- \@floatpenalty -\@Mii
- \else
- \@floatpenalty-\@Miii
- \fi
- \ifinner
- \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
- \else
- \@next\@currbox\@freelist
- {%
- \@tempcnta \sixt@@n
- \expandafter \@tfor \expandafter \reserved@a
- \expandafter :\expandafter =\@fps
- \do
- {%
- \if \reserved@a h%
- \ifodd \@tempcnta
- \else
- \advance \@tempcnta \@ne
- \fi
- \fi
- \if \reserved@a t%
- \@setfpsbit \tw@
- \fi
- \if \reserved@a b%
- \@setfpsbit 4%
- \fi
- \if \reserved@a p%
- \@setfpsbit 8%
- \fi
- \if \reserved@a !%
- \ifnum \@tempcnta>15
- \advance\@tempcnta -\sixt@@n\relax
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
- \@tempcntb \csname ftype@\@captype \endcsname
- \multiply \@tempcntb \@xxxii
- \advance \@tempcnta \@tempcntb
- \global \count\@currbox \@tempcnta
- }%
- \@fltovf
- \fi
- \global \setbox\@currbox
- \color@vbox
- \normalcolor
- \vbox \bgroup
- \newlinestretch{1.0}
- \hsize\columnwidth
- \@parboxrestore
- \@floatboxreset
-}
-
-% Redefine the macro used for caption labels, for a (slightly)
-% fancier format. Feel free to use the caption2 package instead...
-\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
- \vskip\abovecaptionskip
- \sbox\@tempboxa{\textbf{#1: }#2}%
- \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
- \textsf{\textbf{#1: }}#2\par
- \else
- \global \@minipagefalse
- \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
- \fi
- \vskip\belowcaptionskip}
-
-% Redefine the macro used for footnotes to use single spacing
-\long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
- \insert\footins{%
- \newlinestretch{1.0}%
- \footnotesize%
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty%
- \splittopskip\footnotesep%
- \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM%
- \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore%
- \edef\@currentlabel{%
- \csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark%
- }%
- \@makefntext%
- {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces%
- #1\strut}%
- }%
-}
-
-%
-%% Paragraph indents (6 spaces)
-%% inserts a blank line and then indents the paragraph by 6 spaces
-%
-\newcommand{\gtindent}{\par \hspace{0.25in}}
-
-%
-%% Chapter headings - centered, all caps, chapter number - roman numeral
-%
-%
-%% Use \labelchaptersintableofcontents to insert an entry into the toc
-%% that says ``CHAPTERS'' just before Chapter 1.
-% Use \labelappendicesintableofcontents to insert an entry into the toc
-%% that says ``APPENDICES'' just before Appendix A.
-%
-\let\orig@contentsline=\contentsline
-\newcommand{\labelchaptersintableofcontents}[1][CHAPTERS]{%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\orig@contentsline{part}{#1}{}}
-}
-\newcommand{\labelappendicesintableofcontents}[1][APPENDICES]{%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\orig@contentsline{part}{#1}{}}%
-}
-
-\renewcommand{\chaptername}{CHAPTER}
-\renewcommand{\appendixname}{APPENDIX}
-\renewcommand{\thepart}{\@Roman\c@part}
-\renewcommand{\partname}{Volume}
-
-%
-%% \thegtchapter is used so that we can have ROMAN numbers in the
-%% chapter headings at the beginning of each chapter, but use
-%% \thechapter for ARABIC numbers in the running heads on each
-%% page within the chapter.
-%%
-%% You can Change this behavior by redefining \thegtchapter
-%% within your document:
-%% \renewcommand{\thegtchapter}{\thechapter}
-%
-\newcommand{\thegtchapter}{\@Roman\c@chapter}
-\def\chapapp@tocdepth{\expandafter\chapter@tocdepth}
-%
-%% The following two def's provide the Indirection needed to work
-%% with hyperref package, since hyperref redefines @chapter and
-%% @schapter
-%
-\def\chapapp@chapter{\chap@chapter}
-\def\chapapp@schapter{\chap@schapter}
-%
-%% Make @chapter and @schapter wrappers for (chap@chapter or app@chapter)
-%% and (chap@schapter or app@schapter). This indirection is necessary to
-%% work well with the hyperref package.
-%
-\def\my@empty{}
-\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
- \def\my@temp{#1}%
- \ifx\my@temp\my@empty
- \chapapp@chapter{#2}
- \else
- \chapapp@chapter[#1]{#2}
- \fi
-}
-\def\@schapter#1{%
- \chapapp@schapter{#1}
-}
-%
-%% The actual guts of the chapter heading routines
-%
-\renewcommand{\chapter}{%
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \if@tcpage% DO NOT use the \front@pagestyle macro here.
- {\thispagestyle{tcplain}}
- \else
- {\thispagestyle{plain}}%report.cls temporarily resets pagestyle to plain. Do the same.
- \fi
- \settocdepth{\chapapp@tocdepth}
- \global\@topnum\z@
- \@afterindentfalse
- \secdef\@chapter\@schapter
-}
-\def\chap@chapter[#1]#2{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thegtchapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring%
- {\protect\numberline{\thegtchapter}\Makeuppercase{#1}}%
- {Chapter \thechapter\space\textemdash\space#1}}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{#1}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
- \else
- \@makechapterhead{#2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
-}
-\def\@makechapterhead#1{%
- \ifnum \@marginsize = 4 % oldmargins
- \vspace*{50\p@}%
- \fi
- { \parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \centering \large \bfseries \@chapapp\space \thegtchapter
- \par\nobreak
- \vskip 30\p@
- \fi
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \centering \large \bfseries \MakeUppercase{#1}\par\nobreak
- \vskip 30\p@
- }
-}
-\def\chap@schapter#1{%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]%
- \else
- \@makeschapterhead{#1}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
-}
-\def\@makeschapterhead#1{%
- \ifnum \@marginsize = 4 % oldmargins
- \vspace*{50\p@}%
- \fi
- { \parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \centering \large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak
- \vskip 30\p@
- }
-}
-%
-%% Support for multi-volume thesis.
-%%
-%% in the premable, set \multivolumetrue and then
-%% use the \part{} commannd where you want volume 2
-%% to begin, etc. Do not give names to your volumes (that is,
-%% use ``\part{}'' and not ``\part{Some title}''), because
-%% the Graduate Office Guidelines do not allow separate
-%% titles for each volume.
-%
-% we temporarily set the pagenumber to a big negative number, for
-% two reasons: 1) so that it doesn't duplicate the other page numbers,
-% because the volume title pages are unnumbered and uncounted. We
-% can't merely allow the autoincrement of pagenum and then addtocounter{page}{-1},
-% because then both pages would have the same number. 2) it's a BIG negative
-% number because we allow it to increment as each \part is declared, so that
-% the volume title pages don't duplicate each others pagenums.
-\newcounter{part@savepagenum}
-\newcounter{part@pagenum}
-\setcounter{part@pagenum}{-101} % can't have more than 50 parts,
-% but this number must be odd, or twopage dvi's are messed up.
-\renewcommand{\part}{%
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \thispagestyle{empty}%
- \phantomsection%
- \setcounter{part@savepagenum}{\value{page}}
- \setcounter{page}{\value{part@pagenum}}
- \if@twocolumn
- \onecolumn
- \@tempswatrue
- \else
- \@tempswafalse
- \fi
- \secdef\@part\@spart}
-
-\def\@part[#1]#2{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax
- \refstepcounter{part}
- \typeout{\partname\space\thepart.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{part}%
- {\texorpdfstring%
- {\noindent\protect\makebox[\@tocrmarg]{}%
- {\protect\makebox[\textwidth - \@tocrmarg - \@tocrmarg]% dadgum \hfill doesn't work without mbox...
- {\hfill\Makeuppercase{\partname}\space\protect{\thepart}\hspace{1em}\Makeuppercase{#1}\hfill}}}%
- {Volume \thepart}}%
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{part}%
- {\texorpdfstring%
- {\Makeuppercase{#1}}%
- {#1}}%
- \fi
- \markboth{}{}
- {\interlinepenalty \@M
- \normalfont
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax
- \make@parttitle{#1}
- \else
- \make@parttitle{}
- \fi}
- \@endpart}
-\def\@spart#1{%
- {\interlinepenalty \@M
- \normalfont
- \make@parttitle{}}
- \@endpart}
-\def\@endpart{%
- \vfill\newpage\addtocounter{part@pagenum}{1}%don't count this page
- \if@twoside
- \if@openright
- \null
- \thispagestyle{empty}%
- \newpage\addtocounter{part@pagenum}{1}%if we need to add another page, don't count it either
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@tempswa
- \twocolumn
- \fi
- \setcounter{page}{\value{part@savepagenum}}
-}
-%
-%% Section
-%% Heading 1: Large, bold, and italic, at left margin
-%% Heading 2: Bold, at left margin
-%% Heading 3: Italic, indented 0.25in from left margin
-%
-\renewcommand{\section}{%
- \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
- {-3.25ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
- {1.5ex \@plus.2ex}%
- {\newlinestretch{1}\normalfont\large\bfseries\itshape}
-}
-\renewcommand{\subsection}{%
- \@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
- {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
- {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
- {\newlinestretch{1}\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}
-}
-\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{%
- \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{0.25in}%
- {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
- {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
- {\newlinestretch{1}\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}
-}
-
-\renewcommand{\appendix}{%
- \if@openright
- \cleardoublepage
- \else
- \clearpage
- \fi
- \renewcommand{\@chapapp}{\appendixname}
- \thispagestyle{plain}% Do NOT use the \back@pagestyle macro here
- \settocdepth{\appendix@tocdepth}
- \setcounter{chapter}{0}%
- \setcounter{section}{0}%
- \def\thechapter{\@Alph\c@chapter}
- \def\chapapp@tocdepth{\expandafter\appendix@tocdepth}
- \def\chapapp@chapter{\app@chapter}
- \def\chapapp@schapter{\app@schapter}
- \renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\@arabic\c@section}
-}
-\def\app@chapter[#1]#2{%
- \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
- \refstepcounter{chapter}%
- \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring%
- {\@chapapp\space\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\space---\space\Makeuppercase{#1}}%
- {Appendix\space\thechapter\space\textemdash\space#1}}%must specify "---" explicitly here
- \else
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\Makeuppercase{#1}}%
- \fi
- \chaptermark{#1}%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makeapphead{#2}]%
- \else
- \@makeapphead{#2}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
-}
-\def\@makeapphead#1{%
- \ifnum \@marginsize = 4 % oldmargins
- \vspace*{50\p@}%
- \fi
- { \parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont
- \centering \large \bfseries \appendixname\space \thechapter
- \par\nobreak
- \vskip 30\p@
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \centering \large \bfseries \MakeUppercase{#1}\par\nobreak
- \vskip 35\p@
- }
-}
-\def\app@schapter#1{%
- \if@twocolumn
- \@topnewpage[\@makesapphead{#1}]%
- \else
- \@makesapphead{#1}%
- \@afterheading
- \fi
-}
-\def\@makesapphead#1{%
- \ifnum \@marginsize = 4 % oldmargins
- \vspace*{50\p@}%
- \fi
- { \parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \centering \large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak
- \vskip 30\p@
- }
-}
-%% end of \appendix environment definitions
-
-%% \settocdepth - use this to change how "deep" to number
-%% in the table of contents for different sections; e.g.
-%% subsubsections for chapters, then switch to chapter-only
-%% for appendices.
-%% tocdepth is reset to the value in \setchaptertocdepth
-%% at each \chapter{}, or to the value in \setappendixtocdepth
-%% at each \chapter{} after the \appendix command. So, if
-%% you want to change the defaults, use \setchaptertocdepth and
-%% \setappendixtocdepth. To temporarily change depth for the
-%% current section, use a different function: \settocdepth[x].
-%% You should never need to call \setcounter{tocdepth}{..}
-%% directly.
-%%
-%% 0 = chapter only
-%% 1 = chapter + sections
-%% 2 = chapter, section, subsection
-%% 3 = chapter, section, subsection, subsubsection
-%
-\newcommand{\settocdepth}[1]{%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}
-}
-\newcommand{\setappendixtocdepth}[1]{%
- \def\appendix@tocdepth{#1}
-}
-\newcommand{\setchaptertocdepth}[1]{%
- \def\chapter@tocdepth{#1}
-}
-
-%%%%%% Back Matter Commands and Environments
-%%
-%% \beforepostface
-%% \thebibliography redefined so it matches GT's requirements
-%% \begin{vita}...\end{vita}
-%% \postfacesection{other-title}
-%% --- followed by section text
-%% \afterpostface
-%% \references
-%% --- creates the bibliography
-%% \begin{postliminary}...\end{postliminary}
-%% --- preferred to \beforepostface and \afterpostface
-
-%
-%%%%%% New formatting environments and commands.
-%
-%% \begin{postliminary} sets the pagestyle for the
-%% postliminary sections.
-%%
-%% \end{postliminary} resets the pagestyle and
-%% performs any other cleanup.
-%
-\newenvironment{postliminary}%
- {\pagestyle{\back@pagestyle}}%
- {\settocdepth{\chapter@tocdepth}%
- \pagestyle{\body@pagestyle}}
-
-%
-%% \begin{vita}...\end{vita} formats a
-%% vita section
-%
-\newenvironment{vita}{%
- \typeout{***************** Vita ******************}
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{Vita}}{Vita}}
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{Vita}}
- \@mkboth{\scshape\MakeUppercase{Vita}}%
- {\scshape\MakeUppercase{Vita}}%
- \vskip 0.5in
- \begingroup
-}{\par\endgroup}%Vita
-
-\newcommand{\beforepostface}{%
- \pagestyle{\back@pagestyle}
-}%
-
-%
-%% \postfacesection is here for backward compatibility with
-%% the GT-thesis.sty package, and to add postface sections
-%% that are not already defined. (Appendices are not postface
-%% material). Currently, the only predefined postface section
-%% is Vita. Use \begin{vita}...\end{vita}. (``Index'' is a
-%% postface section, but: it is defined in the add-on style
-%% gatech-thesis-index.sty, and it doesn't use \postfacesection.)
-%
-\newcommand{\postfacesection}[1]{%
- \newlinestretch{\@spacing}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{#1}}{#1}}
- \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{#1}}
- \@mkboth{\scshape\MakeUppercase{#1}}%
- {\scshape\MakeUppercase{#1}}%
- \pagestyle{\back@pagestyle}
- \vskip 0.5in
-}
-\newcommand{\afterpostface}{
- \settocdepth{\chapter@tocdepth}%
- \pagestyle{\body@pagestyle}
-}
-\newcommand{\refname}{References}
-\newcommand{\references}{%
- \ifbibpage
- \typeout{***************** References ******************}
- \newlinestretch{1.0}
- \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
- % must clear page here, so that phantomsection\addcontentsline is on the correct page
- \phantomsection%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
- {\texorpdfstring{\Makeuppercase{\refname}}{\refname}}
-% \bibliographystyle{gatech-thesis}
- \bibliography{\@bibfiles}
- \fi
-}
-
-%%%%%%%%% BIBLIOGRAPHY %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% redefine ``thebibliography'' environment so that title conforms to Georgia
-%% Tech format (all caps, center of page)
-%%
-\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{
- { \chapter*{\MakeUppercase{\refname}}
- \@mkboth{\scshape\MakeUppercase\refname}%
- {\scshape\MakeUppercase\refname}%
- \pagestyle{\body@pagestyle}% REFERENCES uses BODY pagestyle, not endmatter.
- \vskip 0.5in
- }
- \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
- { \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
- \leftmargin\labelwidth
- \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
- \@openbib@code
- \usecounter{enumiv}%
- \let\p@enumiv\@empty
- \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}
- }%
- \sloppy
- \clubpenalty4000
- \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
- \widowpenalty4000%
- \sfcode`\.\@m}
- {\def\@noitemerr
- {\@latex@warning{Empty ``thebibliography'' environment}
- \pagestyle{\back@pagestyle}
- }%
- \endlist
-}
-
-%
-%% Variations of \cleardoublepage that explicitly set the pagestyle
-%% of any inserted blank page.
-%
-\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}%
- {{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}
-\newcommand{\clearplaindoublepage}%
- {{\pagestyle{plain}\cleardoublepage}}
-\newcommand{\cleartcplaindoublepage}%
- {{\pagestyle{tcplain}\cleardoublepage}}
-\newcommand{\cleargtthesisdoublepage}%
- {{\pagestyle{gtthesis}\cleardoublepage}}
-
-\newcommand{\setfrontpagestyle}[1]{%
- \gdef\front@pagestyle{#1}
-}
-\newcommand{\setbodypagestyle}[1]{%
- \gdef\body@pagestyle{#1}
-}
-\newcommand{\setbackpagestyle}[1]{%
- \gdef\back@pagestyle{#1}
-}
-
-%%%%%% Page Styles
-%
-%% Redefine all four standard page styles (empty, plain, headings,
-%% myheadings), based on the definitions in ``report'', so that they
-%% conform to the GSO guidelines (and include draft information if
-%% applicable).
-%%
-%% Also, define a new pagestyle ``tcplain'' which is just like ``plain'',
-%% but puts page numbers in header (left/right 2page, or right 1page)
-%% instead of at the bottom of the page.
-%%
-%% Then, define a new pagestyle ``gtthesis''. I like this one better
-%% but the Graduate Studies Office doesn't. :-(
-%
-\renewcommand{\ps@empty}{
- \@tcpagefalse
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
- \def\@oddfoot{
- \if@draft
- \blDRAFT\hfil
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT
- \fi
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
- \def\@oddhead{
- \if@draft
- \tlDRAFT\hfil
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\trDRAFT
- \fi
- }%
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
-}%ps@empty
-
-%
-%% Pagestyle ``plain''.
-%
-\renewcommand{\ps@plain}{%
- \@tcpagefalse%
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft\blDRAFT\fi%
- \hfil\thepage\hfil%
- \if@draft\brDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft%
- \tlDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\trDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead%
-}%ps@plain
-
-%
-%% Pagestyle ``headings''.
-%
-\if@twoside % if two-sided printing
- \renewcommand{\ps@headings}{%
- \@tcpagefalse%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- {\slshape\rightmark}\hfil%
- \thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\@evenhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- \thepage\hfil%
- {\slshape\leftmark}%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\chaptermark##1{%
- \markboth
- {\MakeUppercase{%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth >\m@ne%
- \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ %
- \fi ##1}%
- }{}%
- }%
- \def\sectionmark##1{%
- \markright%
- {\MakeUppercase{%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth >\z@%
- \thesection. \ %
- \fi ##1}%
- }%
- }%
- }%ps@headings
-\else % if one-sided printing
- \renewcommand{\ps@headings}{%
- \@tcpagefalse%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- {\slshape\rightmark}\hfil%
- \thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\chaptermark##1{%
- \markright%
- {\MakeUppercase{%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth >\m@ne%
- \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ %
- \fi ##1}%
- }%
- }%
- }%ps@headings
-\fi % @twoside
-
-%
-%% Pagestyle ``myheadings''.
-%
-\renewcommand{\ps@myheadings}{%
- \@tcpagefalse%
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- {\slshape\rightmark}\hfil%
- \thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\@evenhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- \thepage\hfil%
- {\slshape\leftmark}%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \let\chaptermark\@gobble\let\sectionmark\@gobble%
-}%ps@myheadings
-
-%
-%% Pagestyle ``gtthesis'' (based on ``headings'').
-%
-\if@twoside % if two-sided printing
- \newcommand{\ps@gtthesis}{%
- \@tcpagetrue%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- {\slshape\rightmark}\hfil%
- \thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\@evenhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- \thepage\hfil%
- {\slshape\leftmark}%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\chaptermark##1{%
- \markboth%
- {\textsc{%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth >\m@ne%
- \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ %
- \fi ##1}%
- }{}%
- }%
- \def\sectionmark##1{%
- \markright%
- {\textsc{%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth >\z@%
- \thesection. \ %
- \fi ##1}%
- }
- }%
- }%ps@gtthesis
-\else % if one-sided printing
- \newcommand{\ps@gtthesis}{%
- \@tcpagetrue%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- {\slshape\rightmark}\hfil%
- \thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\chaptermark##1{%
- \markright%
- {\textsc{%
- \ifnum\c@secnumdepth >\m@ne%
- \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ %
- \fi ##1}%
- }
- }%
- }%ps@gtthesis
-\fi % @twoside
-
-%
-%% Pagestyle ``tcplain'' (based on ``plain'').
-%
-\if@twoside % if two-sided printing
- \newcommand{\ps@tcplain}{%
- \@tcpagetrue%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- \hfil\thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- \def\@evenhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- \thepage\hfil%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- }%ps@tcplain
-\else % if one-sided printing
- \newcommand{\ps@tcplain}{%
- \@tcpagetrue%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth%
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \if@draft%
- \blDRAFT\hfil%
- {\slshape\small\today}\hfil\brDRAFT%
- \fi%
- }%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \if@draft\tlDRAFT\fi%
- \hfil\thepage%
- \if@draft\trDRAFT\fi%
- }%
- }%ps@tcplain
-\fi % @twoside
-
-
-%%%%%% Document Layout
-%
-%% Default line spacing: use current setting from options.
-%
-\linespacing{\@thesislnsp}
-%
-%% Page layout (see The LaTeX Companion pp.84-86).
-%
-%% By default, TeX puts the ``reference point'' one inch down and to
-%% the right of the top-left corner of the page. This moves it back
-%% to the top-left corner (making the rest of the layout easier to
-%% define).
-%
-\setlength{\voffset}{-1in}
-\setlength{\hoffset}{-1in}
-%
-%% Instead of hard-coding the page layout for letter paper
-%% (8.5" x 11"), we will base it on \paperheight and \paperwidth,
-%% so that it works with options that change the paper size.
-%
-\setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}
-\setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}
-%
-%% Now, set the margin-dependent values.
-%
-\ifcase\@marginsize % set narrow margins: 1 1/4" left, 3/4" others
-%
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-1.5in}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{.5in}
-\setlength{\headsep}{.25in}
-\setlength{\footskip}{.25in}
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{-2in}
-\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.25in}
-\setlength{\evensidemargin}{.75in}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{.5in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{.125in}
-%
-\or % set normal margins: 1.5 " left, 1" others (modified 01/27/01)
-%
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-2in}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{0.5in}
-\setlength{\headsep}{0.5in} % reduced by headheight, below
-\setlength{\footskip}{0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.5in}
-\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.5in}
-\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1in}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{.75in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{.125in}
-%
-\or % set wide margins: 1.5" left, 1" others, 2"" top (modified 01/14/00)
-%
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-3in}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{1in}
-\setlength{\headsep}{.5in} % reduced by headheight, below
-\setlength{\footskip}{0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.5in}
-\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.5in}
-\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1in}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{.75in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{.125in}
-%
-\or % set extra wide margins: 1 1/2"" all around
-%
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-3in}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{1in}
-\setlength{\headsep}{.5in}
-\setlength{\footskip}{.5in}
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{-3in}
-\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.5in}
-\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.5in}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{1in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{.25in}
-%
-\or % use oldmargin (OLD GT): 1.5" left and top, 1" others (modified 01/27/01)
-%
-\addtolength{\textheight}{-2.5in}
-\setlength{\topmargin}{0.75in}
-\setlength{\headsep}{0.75in} % reduced by headheight, below
-\setlength{\footskip}{0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.5in}
-\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.5in}
-\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1in}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{.75in}
-\setlength{\marginparsep}{.125in}
-%
-\fi%@marginsize
-%
-%% Adjust \headsep to include height of running head.
-%
-\addtolength{\headsep}{-\headheight}
-%
-%% Adjust the vertical spacing between the main text and the notes,
-%% and between successive notes if they are not single-spaced.
-%
-\setlength{\skip\footins}{.75\baselineskip}
-\if@singlespacednotes
-\else
- \let\oldtextsize=\currenttextsize
- \footnotesize
- \setlength{\marginparpush}{\baselineskip}
- \setlength{\footnotesep}{\baselineskip}
- \oldtextsize
-\fi % @singlespacednotes
-%
-%% \flushbottom looks silly with lots of extra space between paragraphs
-%% better to put the "extra" space at the bottom of the page!
-%
-\raggedbottom
-%
-%% Default page style.
-%
-\pagestyle{plain}
-\setfrontpagestyle{plain}
-\setbodypagestyle{plain}
-\setbackpagestyle{plain}
-
-%
-%% Number subsubsections
-%
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
-
-%
-%% Show subsubsections in table of contents
-%% tocdepth is reset to the value in \setchaptertocdepth
-%% at each \chapter{}, or to the value in \setappendixtocdepth
-%% at each \chapter{} after the \appendix command. So, if
-%% you want to change the defaults, use \setchaptertocdepth and
-%% \setappendixtocdepth. To temporarily change depth for the
-%% current section, use a different function: \settocdepth[x].
-%% You should never need to call \setcounter{tocdepth}{..}
-%% directly.
-%%
-%% 0 = chapter only
-%% 1 = chapter + sections
-%% 2 = chapter, section, subsection
-%% 3 = chapter, section, subsection, subsubsection
-%
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % we call setcounter{tocdepth}{} directly here
- % but user .tex files should not do this.
-% We must insure that the last \setcounter command in the .toc
-% file is NON-ZERO, or the listoffigures and listoftables become
-% empty. Bad news. Unfortunately, that means we must do some
-% raw TeXing here...
-% You would think the \end{postliminary} code would fix this, and it
-% does -- but only if you don't \include your vita. \input{vita}
-% works great because the \end{postliminary} code causes
-% \setcounter{tocdepth}{NONZERO} to be written. But, if you
-% \include{vita} (or whatever the LAST section before \end{postliminary}
-% is) and the \setcounter command from \end{postliminary} does NOT get
-% written to the .aux file. Fooey. This is our workaround.
-% BUT, do NOT remove the one from \end{postliminary}. When
-% \input{vita}, THAT one gets used, and not this one! Clearly,
-% a LaTeX bug.
-\AtEndDocument{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout%
- {\string\@writefile{toc}{\string\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}}}
- \clearpage\lastpage@putlabel}%
-
-\setchaptertocdepth{2}
-\setappendixtocdepth{0}
-
-%% Disallow page breaks at hyphens (this will give some underfull vbox's,
-%% so an alternative is to use \brokenpenalty=100 and manually search
-%% for and fix such page breaks)
-%
-\brokenpenalty=10000
-\InputIfFileExists{gatech-thesis-patch.sty}{}{}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% End of GATECH-THESIS.CLS
-%%
-%% license information is in the COPYING file. The copyright notice
-%% therein applies to the license itself, not to this file: the GNU
-%% PUBLIC LICENSE is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation.
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/README.md
index cab73c508e..ed9e9eebef 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/README.md
@@ -1,4 +1,8 @@
-# The LaTeX package scrambledenvs - version 1.0.0 (2021/07/31)
+# The LaTeX package scrambledenvs - version 1.0.1 (2021/08/03)
+
+> Copyright (C) 2021 Dennis Chen proofprogram@gmail.com
+>
+> This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license can be found in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
**scrambledenvs** allows you to arbitrarily create and print scrambled environments (like scrambled hints in a book) and customize the output.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.dtx
index d83f1cfffd..bc51131fd8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.dtx
@@ -15,7 +15,11 @@
\iffalse
%</internal>
%<*readme>
-# The LaTeX package scrambledenvs - version 1.0.0 (2021/07/31)
+# The LaTeX package scrambledenvs - version 1.0.1 (2021/08/03)
+
+> Copyright (C) 2021 Dennis Chen proofprogram@gmail.com
+>
+> This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license can be found in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
**scrambledenvs** allows you to arbitrarily create and print scrambled environments (like scrambled hints in a book) and customize the output.
@@ -115,13 +119,13 @@ This package consists of the file scrambledenvs.dtx,
%</internal>
%<*main>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{scrambledenvs}[2021/07/31 v1.0.0 Create and print scrambled environments]
+\ProvidesPackage{scrambledenvs}[2021/08/03 v1.0.1 Create and print scrambled environments]
\RequirePackage{forloop}
\RequirePackage{pgfmath}
\pgfmathsetseed{2407}
%</main>
%<*driver>
-\ProvidesFile{\jobname.dtx}[2021/07/31 v1.0.0 Create and print scrambled environments]
+\ProvidesFile{\jobname.dtx}[2021/08/03 v1.0.1 Create and print scrambled environments]
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\EnableCrossrefs
@@ -136,6 +140,7 @@ This package consists of the file scrambledenvs.dtx,
%</driver>
% \fi
% \GetFileInfo{\jobname.dtx}
+% \changes{v1.0.1}{2021/08/03}{Add info about author and license to README}
% \changes{v1.0.0}{2021/07/31}{Initial version}
%
% \renewcommand{\emph}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
@@ -212,6 +217,7 @@ This package consists of the file scrambledenvs.dtx,
%</helper>
% \fi
% \DescribeEnv{hints}
+% \changes{v1.0.1}{2021/08/03}{Adjust spacing to make two scrambled envs look prettier together}
% This is the outer environment. Depending on how many |hint| environments are put inside it, it will either typeset \emph{Hints:} or \emph{Hint:} with the numerical labels of the passed in hints following it.
% You should put in nothing but the inner environment |hint|. (See the examples for a correct usage.)
% \iffalse
@@ -222,7 +228,6 @@ This package consists of the file scrambledenvs.dtx,
\newenvironment{#1s}{%
\setcounter{scrambledenvs@#1@tempcount}{0}%
\def\scrambledenvs@active{#1}%
- \unskip\ignorespaces%
}
{
\ifnum\value{scrambledenvs@#1@tempcount}=0\relax
@@ -231,9 +236,9 @@ This package consists of the file scrambledenvs.dtx,
{\csname scrambledenvs@#1@labelfont\endcsname\csname scrambledenvs@#1@label\endcsname :}
{\csname scrambledenvs@#1@reffont\endcsname\ref{#1:\value{scrambledenvs@#1@count}}}%
\else
- {\csname scrambledenvs@#1@labelfont\endcsname\csname scrambledenvs@#1@label\endcsname s:}%
- \forloop{scrambledenvs@loopcount}{\the\numexpr\value{scrambledenvs@#1@count}-\value{scrambledenvs@#1@tempcount}+1\relax}{\value{scrambledenvs@loopcount}<\the\numexpr\value{scrambledenvs@#1@count}+1\relax} {
- {\csname scrambledenvs@#1@reffont\endcsname\ref{#1:\thescrambledenvs@loopcount}}%
+ {\csname scrambledenvs@#1@labelfont\endcsname\csname scrambledenvs@#1@label\endcsname s:}
+ \forloop{scrambledenvs@loopcount}{\the\numexpr\value{scrambledenvs@#1@count}-\value{scrambledenvs@#1@tempcount}+1\relax}{\value{scrambledenvs@loopcount}<\the\numexpr\value{scrambledenvs@#1@count}+1\relax} {%
+ {\csname scrambledenvs@#1@reffont\endcsname\ref{#1:\thescrambledenvs@loopcount}}
}
\fi
\fi
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.pdf
index 079d211a9f..a2df1c1553 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/scrambledenvs/scrambledenvs.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/beamerthemeuantwerpenuserguide.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/beamerthemeuantwerpenuserguide.pdf
index 8ce9d974f9..9f8e225c71 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/beamerthemeuantwerpenuserguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/beamerthemeuantwerpenuserguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenbamathesis-example.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenbamathesis-example.pdf
index 884bb06bc7..78da7dc3e6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenbamathesis-example.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenbamathesis-example.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpencoursetext-example.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpencoursetext-example.pdf
index 49bb7f20aa..1c92a8aff2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpencoursetext-example.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpencoursetext-example.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.dtx
index 6b6be0147a..0301cb5e36 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.dtx
@@ -36,11 +36,10 @@
%<le>\ProvidesClass{uantwerpenletter}
%<ex>\ProvidesClass{uantwerpenexam}
%<bmr>\ProvidesPackage{beamerthemeuantwerpen}
-%<cls|ct|bmt|mt|pt|rp|le|ex|bmr> [2021/07/11 v4.0 .dtx skeleton file]
-%
+%<cls|ct|bmt|mt|pt|rp|le|ex|bmr> [2021/08/03 v4.1 .dtx skeleton file]
%<mt>\errmessage{This class is obsolete, use the uantwerpenbamathesis class instead !}
-\def\fileversion{4.0}
-\def\filedate{2021/07/11}
+\def\fileversion{4.1}
+\def\filedate{2021/08/03}
%<*driver>
\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
\usepackage{makeidx}
@@ -115,6 +114,8 @@
% improvements based on use feedback
% and major rework to benefit from expl3, removed all diploma codes
% to ease maintainability}
+% \changes{v4.1}{2021/08/03}{\@ Adapted coursetext again to
+% universitas agreement + added bleed version for phd texts + small bugfixes}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\begin,\bfseries,\draw,\clip,\else,\fi,\if,\fill,\filldraw,\ifthenelse,\ifx,\textwidth,\node,\\,\@empty,\@emptymacro,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempswatrue,\{,\},\ ,\bf,\BODY,\break,\Alph,\and,\define@key,\color,\dx,\dy,\g,\gdef,\hbox,\tiny,\scriptsize,\footnotesize,\small,\normalsize,\large,\Large,\LARGE,\huge,\Huge,\l,\LaTeX,\let,\p@,\relax,\renewcommand,\Requirepackage,\textbf,\textsf,\texttt,\textbackslash,}
% \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
@@ -222,8 +223,10 @@
% \item Prenton RP Pro for the logos and sublogos; all the logoware is
% included in this package, so nothing to worry about.
% \item ITC Officina Sans for posters, titlepages, cards a.s.o.\\
-% This font is not included in this package and is not a part of the
-% \LaTeX{} standard fonts. However, if you have a valid license, for
+% This font is not a part of the \LaTeX{} standard fonts.
+% It is also not provided with this package. I cannot do
+% this without incurring legal problems (the font is not free).
+% However, if you have a valid license, for
% this font, I can help you to set it up, such that you can typeset
% proper title pages for course texts, PhD theses and the like. Just
% send me an e-mail.
@@ -534,8 +537,17 @@
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% You can specify the correct faculty using the following options:
-% This will activate the correct color scheme and logoset.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{cameraready} [phdthesis/coursetext]\\
+% For the |phdthesis| class, this option forces the book format to be
+% printed on A4 with bleed space. This accomodates what your printshop
+% requires you to provide as a camera-ready copy.
+%
+% For the |coursetext| class, this options removes the colored areas
+% and the logo from the titlepage (and removes the finalpage
+% altogether) to allow for universitas to print the text of your
+% titlepage on a standard sheet that contains these colored areas and
+% the logo (pre-printed).
%
% \DescribeMacro{copyright} [coursetext]\\
% This option forces printing a watermark on every page. For the
@@ -562,13 +574,18 @@
% \item to make a text ready for electronic distribution:
% |a4paper|, |copyright|.
% \item to make a camera-ready text (for printing):
-% |a4paper|
+% |a4paper|
+% \item to make a camera-ready coursetext (for printing at
+% universitas):
+% |a4paper|,|cameraready|
% \item to make a letter:
% no options (filling a letter is discouraged)
% \item to make an exam:
% no options (filling an exam is discouraged)
% \item to make a PhD text:
% |twoside|, |openright| and (optionally) |filled|
+% \item to make a camera-ready PhD text:
+% |twoside|, |openright|, |cameraready| and (optionally) |filled|
% \item to make a report:
% |twoside|, |openright| and (optionally) |filled|
% \end{itemize}
@@ -705,7 +722,7 @@
% loaded), so that
% the PDF-document meta-information is correct.
%
-% \DescribeMacro{\titlepageimage} [coursetext / phdthesis / report]
+% \DescribeMacro{\titlepageimage} [phdthesis / report]
% (optional)\\
% This sets the filename of the central image on the title page to
% appear clipped % within the curves. For PhD theses this is highly
@@ -899,7 +916,7 @@
%
% \begin{verbatim}
%<*ct-example>
-\documentclass[ti,a4paper,11pt,oneside,openright,copyright]{uantwerpencoursetext}
+\documentclass[ti,a4paper,11pt,oneside,openright,cameraready]{uantwerpencoursetext}
\usepackage[english,dutch]{babel}
\usepackage{kantlipsum} % this is just for some dummy text, please remove
@@ -921,8 +938,6 @@
\academicyear{2021-2022}
-% \titlepageimage{Images/uantwerpen-keyboard.jpg} % this is optional
-
\publisher{Universitas Cursusdienst |
Prinsesstraat 16 |
2000 Antwerpen |
@@ -997,7 +1012,8 @@
\usepackage[dutch]{babel} % or english if your text is in English
\usepackage{kantlipsum} % this is just for some dummy text, please remove
-\usepackage{hyperref} % New: you must load the hyperref package
+\usepackage[backref,hyperindex=true,pagebackref=true]{hyperref}
+ % New: you must load the hyperref package
% yourself! This allows you to put it in the
% correct order with the other packages you load!
@@ -1071,7 +1087,6 @@
\usepackage{fontspec}
\setmainfont{Calibri}
\setsansfont{Calibri}
-\usepackage{sansmathaccent}
\else
\usepackage{cmbright}
\fi
@@ -1079,7 +1094,8 @@
\usepackage[dutch]{babel} % or dutch if your text is in Dutch
\usepackage{kantlipsum} % this is just for some dummy text, please remove
-\usepackage{hyperref} % New: you must load the hyperref package
+\usepackage[backref,hyperindex=true,pagebackref=true]{hyperref}
+ % New: you must load the hyperref package
% yourself! This allows you to put it in the
% correct order with the other packages you load!
@@ -1169,7 +1185,7 @@
% \paragraph{English}
% \begin{verbatim}
%<*pt-example2>
-\documentclass[ti,10pt,twoside,openright,filled]{uantwerpenphdthesis}
+\documentclass[ti,10pt,twoside,openright,filled,cameraready]{uantwerpenphdthesis}
% use some fancy font
\usepackage{newpxtext}
@@ -1178,11 +1194,12 @@
\usepackage[english]{babel} % or dutch if your text is in Dutch
\usepackage{kantlipsum} % this is just for some dummy text, please remove
-\usepackage{hyperref} % New: you must load the hyperref package
- % yourself! This allows you to put it in the
- % correct order with the other packages you load!
+\usepackage[backref,hyperindex=true,pagebackref=true]{hyperref}
+ % New: you must load the hyperref package
+ % yourself! This allows you to put it in the
+ % correct order with the other packages you load!
-\title{Harmonic Signal analysis\\based on Linear Operators}
+\title{Harmonic Signal analysis \\based on Linear Operators}
\subtitle{How did Mindy linearly kill Mork's IC signal analyzer?}
\author{Ing. Theodore Edgeoff}
\affiliation{University of Antwerp\\
@@ -1283,7 +1300,8 @@
\usepackage[dutch]{babel} % or dutch if your text is in Dutch
\usepackage{kantlipsum} % this is just for some dummy text, please remove
-\usepackage{hyperref} % New: you must load the hyperref package
+\usepackage[backref,hyperindex=true,pagebackref=true]{hyperref}
+ % New: you must load the hyperref package
% yourself! This allows you to put it in the
% correct order with the other packages you load!
@@ -1499,6 +1517,7 @@
% [dutch] for a monolingual version)
\course{1876FTIDUM}{5-Bistrologie}
+\author{Walter Daems} % can be omitted if 'lecturers' are sufficient
\lecturer{Walter Daems}
\degree{Bachelor of Science in de industri\"ele wetenschappen - elektronica-ICT}
\academicyear{2017-2018}
@@ -1993,11 +2012,18 @@ Welk van de onderstaande ingredi\"enten hoort niet thuis in
% \changes{v1.9}{2018/03/02}{Implemented uantwerpenexam class}
% \changes{v2.0}{2018/03/02}{Implemented uantwerpenphdthesis class}
% \changes{v4.0}{2021/05/01}{Removed option qr again}
-% \changes{v4.0}{2021/07/11}{Removed options titlepagetableonly and titlepagenoartwork}
+% \changes{v4.0}{2021/07/11}{Removed options titlepagetableonly and
+% titlepagenoartwork}
+% \changes{v4.1}{2021/08/03}{Added option cameraready}
%
% Before loading the class, we provide the extra options.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*ct>
+\newif\if@modern
+\@modernfalse
+\DeclareOption{modern}{\@moderntrue}
+%</ct>
%<*ct|rp>
\newif\if@copyright
\DeclareOption{copyright}{\@copyrighttrue}
@@ -2012,6 +2038,10 @@ Welk van de onderstaande ingredi\"enten hoort niet thuis in
\newif\if@examiner
\DeclareOption{examiner}{\@examinertrue}
%</ex>
+%<*ct|pt>
+\newif\if@cameraready
+\DeclareOption{cameraready}{\@camerareadytrue}
+%</ct|pt>
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
@@ -2183,6 +2213,23 @@ Welk van de onderstaande ingredi\"enten hoort niet thuis in
%</ct|bmt|pt|rp|le|ex>
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \subsection{Camera-ready version}
+% \changes{v4.1}{2021/08/03}{Added cameraready option}
+% For the course texts, this means printing no artwork (as universitas
+% prints your front page on a pre-printed color page)
+% This is taken care of by the titlepage and finalpage environments,
+% so no extra code is needed here.
+%
+% For PhD texts, this means providing bleed space. We implemented this
+% using the very fine |crop| package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pt>
+\if@cameraready
+\RequirePackage[cam,center,width=21truecm,height=29.7truecm]{crop}
+\fi
+%</pt>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \subsection{Babel provisions}
%
% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/01}{Added babel tags of elements
@@ -2219,6 +2266,7 @@ Welk van de onderstaande ingredi\"enten hoort niet thuis in
% To this end, we use the following parsing infrastructure:
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*ct|bmt|pt|rp|le|ex>
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gput:Nnn{ Nxx }
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \@@_dataparser:w #1 = #2!! {
\tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l_tmpb_tl {#2}
@@ -3324,12 +3372,13 @@ weightname = Gewicht
\pagenumbering{arabic}
%</ct>
%<*mt|pt|rp|le>
+\setlength{\headheight}{13.7pt}
\renewcommand*{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand*{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
%</mt|pt|rp|le>
%<*ex>
+\setlength{\headheight}{13.7pt}
\renewcommand*{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
-
%</ex>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -3388,7 +3437,7 @@ weightname = Gewicht
\node[color=white] at (\theta:0.025)
{\bf\fontsize{72}{12}\selectfont\thechapter};
}
- \node[color=uacorpblue] at (0,0)
+ \node[color=gray] at (0,0)
{\bf\fontsize{72}{12}\selectfont\thechapter};
\end{tikzpicture}
}\hspace*{-8pt}
@@ -3439,6 +3488,7 @@ weightname = Gewicht
\begin{titlepage}
\AddToShipoutPicture*{%
\put(0,0){%
+ \if@modern
\begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]
\clip (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
@@ -3508,6 +3558,70 @@ weightname = Gewicht
\node[anchor=west] at (2.125,1.313)
{\includegraphics[width=4.75cm]{\logopos}};
\end{tikzpicture}
+ \else
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]
+ \clip (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
+ \if@cameraready
+ \else
+ \fill[uauamain] (0,29.7) -- (2.2,29.7) -- (2.2,21.435) arc
+ (0:-90:0.235) -- (0,21.2) -- cycle;
+ \node[anchor=west] at (2.2,1.8)
+ {\includegraphics[width=5.2cm]{\logoposua}};
+ \fi
+
+ \node
+ [anchor=north west,text width=14.75cm,align=left]
+ at (5,27.1)
+ {
+ \fontsize{16}{20}\selectfont\textsf{\textbf{\uantwerpendocsprop{acyearname}}}\\[1ex]
+ \fontsize{16}{20}\selectfont\textsf{\@academicyear}
+ };
+
+ \node
+ [anchor=north west,text width=14.75cm,align=left]
+ at (5,22.7)
+ {
+ \fontsize{16}{20}\selectfont\textsf{\@faculty}
+ };
+
+ \node
+ [anchor=north west,text width=14.75cm,align=left] (title)
+ at (5,20.9)
+ {
+ \fontsize{24}{30}\selectfont\textsf{\textbf{\@title}}\\[1ex]
+ \fontsize{18}{24}\selectfont\textsf{\@subtitle}
+ };
+
+ \node
+ [anchor=north west,below=of title,
+ text width=14.75cm,align=left,
+ yshift=-0.5cm]
+ {
+ \fontsize{12}{15}\selectfont{\textsf{\@degree}}
+ };
+
+ \node
+ [anchor=north west,text width=14.75cm,align=left] (title)
+ at (5,13.3)
+ {
+ \fontsize{12}{15}\selectfont\textsf{\textbf{\jointlecturers{\\}}}
+ };
+
+ \node
+ [anchor=north west,text width=14.75cm,align=left] (title)
+ at (5,10)
+ {
+ \fontsize{12}{15}\selectfont\textsf{\jointcourseswithcodes{\\}}
+ };
+
+ \node[anchor=east]
+ at (19,1.8)
+ {
+ \fontsize{12}{15}\selectfont\textsf{\@publishercode}
+ };
+
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+ \fi
}
}
\end{titlepage}%
@@ -3543,19 +3657,32 @@ weightname = Gewicht
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*ct>
\newcommand\makefinalpage{
+ \if@cameraready
+ \else
\cleardoublepage
\thispagestyle{empty}
+ \if@copyright\NoBgThispage\fi
~% intentionally blank page
\clearpage
\thispagestyle{empty}
- \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
- \node at (current page.center) {
- \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt]
+ \if@copyright\NoBgThispage\fi
+ \AddToShipoutPicture*{%
+ \put(0,0){%
+ \if@modern
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]
\clip (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
\fill[sidecolor] (0,0) rectangle (2.125cm,2.625cm);
\end{tikzpicture}
- };
- \end{tikzpicture}
+ \else
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]
+ \clip (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
+ \fill[uauamain] (0,21.2) rectangle (21,29.7);
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+ \fi
+ }
+ }
+ ~
+ \fi
}
%</ct>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3694,18 +3821,18 @@ weightname = Gewicht
\AddToShipoutPicture*{%
\put(0,0){%
\begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]
- \clip (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
+ \useasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
\fill[lightgray]
- (2.125,19) rectangle (\paperwidth,6);
+ (2.125,19) rectangle (\paperwidth+3mm,6);
\begin{scope}
- \clip (2.125,19) rectangle (\paperwidth,6);
+ \clip (2.125,19) rectangle (\paperwidth+3mm,6);
\node[anchor=south west]
at (2.125,6)
{\ifx\@titlepageimage\@empty
\else
\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,
scale=0.01,
- min size={15.875cm}{13cm}]{\@titlepageimage}
+ min size={16.175cm}{13cm}]{\@titlepageimage}
\fi};
\end{scope}
@@ -3730,8 +3857,8 @@ weightname = Gewicht
{\textsf{\textbf{\@author}}};
\fill[maincolor] (2.125,6)
- -- (\paperwidth,6)
- -- (\paperwidth,2.625)
+ -- (\paperwidth+3mm,6)
+ -- (\paperwidth+3mm,2.625)
-- (2.55,2.625)
arc (-90:-180:0.425)
-- cycle;
@@ -3846,14 +3973,15 @@ weightname = Gewicht
~% intentionally blank page
\clearpage
\thispagestyle{empty}
- \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
- \node at (current page.center) {
- \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt]
- \clip (0,0) rectangle(\paperwidth,\paperheight);
- \fill[sidecolor] (0,0) rectangle (2.125cm,2.625cm);
+ \AddToShipoutPicture*{%
+ \put(0,0){%
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]
+ \useasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle (\paperwidth,\paperheight);
+ \fill[sidecolor] (-3mm,-3mm) rectangle (2.125cm,2.625cm);
\end{tikzpicture}
- };
- \end{tikzpicture}
+ }
+ }
+ ~
}
%</pt>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4441,9 +4569,6 @@ weightname = Gewicht
\AtBeginDocument{
\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
\hypersetup{
- backref=true,
- hyperindex=true,
- pagebackref=true,
breaklinks=true,
colorlinks=true,
citecolor=black,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.pdf
index e446d17203..2f26c889a0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpendocs.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example1.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example1.pdf
index f91e3fd766..53e867b191 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example1.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example1.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example2.pdf
index 6a1131b814..8855238b4a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenexam-example2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenletter-example.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenletter-example.pdf
index fbb07439fa..939e0f136e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenletter-example.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenletter-example.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenmasterthesis.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenmasterthesis.cls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f020690b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenmasterthesis.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `uantwerpenmasterthesis.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% uantwerpendocs.dtx (with options: `mt')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2013-2021 by Walter Daems <walter.daems@uantwerpen.be>
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
+%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+%% license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+%% 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Walter Daems.
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{uantwerpenmasterthesis}
+ [2021/08/03 v4.1 .dtx skeleton file]
+\errmessage{This class is obsolete, use the uantwerpenbamathesis class instead !}
+\def\fileversion{4.1}
+\def\filedate{2021/08/03}
+
+
+
+\setlength{\headheight}{13.7pt}
+\renewcommand*{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
+\renewcommand*{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
+\if@filled\else
+ \raggedright
+\fi
+\raggedbottom
+\onecolumn
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `uantwerpenmasterthesis.cls'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example1.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example1.pdf
index 8220f2216d..6cff2f5a1f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example1.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example1.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example2.pdf
index f5fc78abb1..1b2c9d775a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenphdthesis-example2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenreport-example.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenreport-example.pdf
index da2af47217..a11f574693 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenreport-example.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/uantwerpendocs/uantwerpenreport-example.pdf
Binary files differ